Nokia
Software
IP
Optics
Fixed
Networks
Microwave
POL
Service Desk
Clerk
Nuage
AirScale Wi-Fi
Segments
Enterprise
Private Optical
Networks
Services
Global Partner Program Learning & Certification Catalog
Partner Catalog
Effective Date = Dec 04, 2018
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
2
HOME PAGE (CLICK TO GO TO THE PAGE OF YOUR CHOICE)
The Global Partner Learning Program
Accessing the Global Partner Learning Program
Course and exam delivery types (1/2)
Course and exam delivery types (2/2)
Help and Contact
About NokiaEDU
Questions? Call our Global Contact Center
Pricing policy
Cancellation Policy
AirScale Wi-Fi
Sales Associate
Sales Engineer Specialist
Field Technician
Technical Support Level 1
Enterprise Private
Optical Networks
Sales Associate
Sales Engineer Specialist
Integration Engineer
Technical Support Level 1
Fixed Networks
Sales Associate
Sales Engineer Specialist
Sales Engineer Professional
Sales and Sales Engineer Elective
Learning
Field Technician
Network Integration Engineer
Technical Support Level 1
Technical Support Level 2
Technical Elective Learning
IP
Sales Associate
Sales Engineer Specialist
Sales Engineer Professional
Field Technician
Network Integration Engineer
Technical Support Level 1
Technical Support Level 2
Microwave
Sales Associate
Sales Engineer Specialist
Field Technician
Field Technician NAR
Network Integration
Engineer
Technical Support Level 1
Nokia Software
VitalQIP Sales Associate
VitalQIP Sales Engineer
Specialist
VitalQIP Installation
VitalQIP Administration
VitalQIP User
VitalSuite Sales Associate
VitalSuite Sales Engineer
Specialist
VitalSuite Installation
VitalSuite Administration
VitalSuite User
Nuage
Sales Associate
Sales Engineer Specialist
Sales Engineer Professional
Software Installation
Network Integration
Engineer
Technical Support Level 1
Technical Support Level 2
Optics
Sales Associate
Sales Engineer Specialist
Sales Engineer Professional
Field Technician
Network Integration Engineer
Technical Support Level 1
Technical Support Level 2
Passive Optical LAN (POL)
Sales Associate
Sales Engineer Specialist
Sales Engineer Professional
Sales Optional Training
Field Technician
Network Integration Engineer
Technical Support Level 1
Technical Support Level 2
Technical Optional Training
Segments
Sales Associate / Sales
Engineer Specialist
Service Desk Clerk
Customer Service Desk Clerk
Services
Sales Representative
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
3
ACCESSING THE GLOBAL PARTNER LEARNING PROGRAM
Nokia’s customers depend on our product portfolio to operate their networks at the highest level of efficiency.
Nokia Partner Program Certifications support an industry expectation that the Partner Company takes their
relationship with Nokia seriously by ensuring individuals representing Nokia are appropriately trained.
To ensure that our partners have the proper knowledge to keep communication networks flowing for their
customers, we test for competence toward certifications. It is not necessary to take NokiaEDU courses before
taking an exam if you have mastered the materials from other knowledge sources and pass our tests.
For individuals requiring Partner certification training, it resides in the NLDH (Nokia Learning and Development
Hub), the Nokia tool to access your classes, track your progress, and download your completed certifications.
How to Access NLDH (Nokia Learning and Development Hub)
Step One: Each Individual Partner Learner must register for access to NLDH (Nokia Learning and Development
Hub).
Step Two: NokiaEDU Partner Training Leads and Partner Sales Managers work with t h e Partner to
identify and assign the learning requirements for each of their individual learners.
Nokia Partner Learning leads:
APAC Moh Jajurie [email protected]
Americas Adrian Marina [email protected]
EMEA Adrian Marina [email protected]
To learn more about NLDH and other tools available to our Nokia Partners, please watch the videos available on
the Partner Learning Store: http://learningstore.nokia.com/partner/#?item=n.1503583562191
Step Three: In the Partner Learning store, use the left side navigation bar to choose the certification you wish to
complete. If you are unsure, there is a description at the top of each certification listing to help you choose the
appropriate one to align with your responsibilities.
Additional training courses, which are not part of the certifications, are also available through the Partner
learning store as “Further Learning.” These classes can be taken individually .
Partner Learning Store: http://learningstore.nokia.com/partner/
How to Access Learning and Associated Exams:
Learners must complete and pass the competence exams assigned to that training before a completion will be
noted.
To qualify for a certification for a job role, the learner must complete all necessary EXAMs for that job role. The
competence exam will test the learner on materials covered in the courses. The learner can receive a
certification by taking and passing all the exams. You can register for the certification by search for Global Partner
Certification 3.0 using the search field in NLDH. Find the specific product job role you wish to certify in and register
for that certification. Use the following job aid for more details.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
4
ACCESSING THE GLOBAL PARTNER LEARNING PROGRAM
How to print your certificate:
No need to wait for your certification of completion to arrive in the mail, follow these easy steps to print your
certificate to show your proficiency and knowledge: http://learningstore.nokia.com/partner/doc/Printing-Nokia-EDU-
Certifications.pdf
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
5
COURSE AND EXAM DELIVERY TYPES (1/2)
Course Delivery
Nokia is committed to enabling our partners by preparing them for the competitive marketplace. Towards that
goal, we use multiple delivery methods that balance convenience with the most appropriate methodology to
maximize learning of the concepts. The goal is for the individual learner to be able to prove competence.
WBT – Web-Based Training
As a part of the commitment to provide easy to consume and up to date training modules and information,
Nokia has developed WBTs. These are available through NLDH and can be viewed/taken on demand at the
convenience of the individual learner. ALL WBT modules are free of charge to the Partner for all their employees.
ILT – Instructor-Led Training
Through our vast experience developing and delivering training to our customers and partners, we have learned
that not all training lends itself to a web based delivery. When a learner has completed the prerequisite WBT
training, they will be eligible to take ILT courses with an instructor in a classroom setting. In the NLDH, the learner
will click on “Register” for the associated course and will be directed to contact our Global Contact Center (GCC)
to arrange for the course. These courses will take place in one of our regional training centers as an “open”
course. The learner must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the start date of the class as classes without sufficient
enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first day of class.
vILT – Virtual Instructor-Led Training
This form of delivery utilizes an instructor, but is provided in a virtual web session. In the NLDH the learner will
click on “Register” for the associated course and will be directed to contact our Global Contact Center (GCC) to
arrange for the course. The learner will need a laptop or PC and a reliable internet connection.
Exams
To ensure an individual learner has shown the proper knowledge level, we test for competence. If the learner
feels they have already mastered the materials, it is not necessary to take the corresponding courses. They may
skip directly to the exams: either in the NLDH or through a Third Party Provider Exam Center. A learner will be
given three opportunities to pass the exam before being required to obtain additional knowledge. However, we
strongly recommend that if a candidate fails the exams twice, the candidate should review the available training
course and/or product information before attempting the exam again. The partner pays for each instance of an
exam delivered by Third Party exam providers.
Please contact your Regional Learning Lead or Distributor for pricing.
NLDH
Many exams are available through the NLDH. The learner will access the exam through the curriculums posted in
the Partner Learning Store. Learners must complete and pass the competence exams assigned to that training
before a completion will be noted in their transcript. NLDH exams are Free of Charge.
In class Examination (Nokia Facility or by other arrangement)
The learner will access the exam at the end of the training session. The result of the exam will be based upon a
passing grade (after proving the theoretical knowledge AND the practical skills). The learning path in the NLDH
will be updated to show successfully completed. Please contact your Regional Learning Lead or Distributor for
pricing on Third Partner or In-class exams.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
6
COURSE AND EXAM DELIVERY TYPES (2/2)
Third Party Testing Center
Nokia utilizes the services of the 3000+ worldwide Third Party Testing Centers to administer more advanced
exams. This is to protect the integrity of the certification to the mutual benefit of Nokia, our partners and
our customers. Vouchers are available through our Global Contacts Center ([email protected]) to allow
you to schedule your exam. We strongly recommend if a candidate fails the exams twice, the candidate should
review the available training course and/or product information before attempting the exam again. Contact your
Regional Learning Lead or Distributor for pricing.
How do I register for a Third Party Testing?
1. All GPP candidates should make sure they have obtained a NLDH partner account.
2. Follow the Third Party testing registration instructions located in the NLDH curriculum.
3. Obtain your Third Party Testing GPP Exam Voucher code by contacting Nokia’s Global Contact
Center.
Nokia Global Contact Center (GCC) Email
address – [email protected]
In what language are these exams offered? All Third Party Technical Certification exams are written in
Englishonly.
How much time do I have to complete the Third Party Certification Exam? Third Party exams range from 12
hours depending on the exam.
Can I retake the exam if I failed it? How many times can I take it? A learner will be given 3 opportunities to pass
the exam before being required to obtain additional knowledge. However, we strongly recommend that if a
candidate fails the exams twice, the candidate should review the available training course and/or product
information before attempting the exam again. The partner pays for each instance of an exam.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
7
PRICING POLICY
Pricing
Nokia’s list price for training varies based on type of course and/or length of course taken: Web-Based Training
(WBT), Instructor-Led Training (ILT) or Virtual Instructor-Led Training (vILT).
Partners receive discounts on all training offered. See table below for details.
Delivery Method Partner Type Price
WBT (webbased training) Direct Partners and Indirect VARs Free of Charge
ILT and vILT All Quoted per course*
EXAM: Online NLDH Direct Partners and Indirect VARs Free of Charge
EXAM: Nokia
site/Third Party Provider All Quoted per exam*
*Contact your Regional Learning Lead or Distributor for pricing.
Resell Nokia training to your customers
Nokia encourages our partners to offer training to their customers to ensure successful implementation and
the best experience with our products and solutions. Please contact your Regional Learning Lead or Distributor
for pricing and discounts for reselling training to your customers.
Quoting
All price quotations, including those for exams, are generated in local currency, as mutually agreed to in the
Partner Agreement (PPA).
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
8
NokiaEDU CANCELLATION POLICY
Cancellation
Cancellation
timeframes
Implications on cancellation
21 - 28 Calendar
days
If the Client cancels or reschedules the Training 21-28 calendar days prior to
Training start day, 50% of the course fee.
If NokiaEDU cancels a Training during this time, an alternative Training delivery
date will be provided in accordance to a date agreed with the Client.
0 - 20 calendar days If the Client cancels the Training 0 -20 calendar days prior to Training start day,
100% of the course fee.
If NokiaEDU cancels the Training during this time, an alternative Training delivery
date will be provided in accordance to a date agreed with the Client.
5 weeks prior to the
delivery date
For scheduled open enrolment training deliveries, NokiaEDU reserves the right to
cancel without penalty, if the enrolled participant numbers are below the
minimum required for the delivery of that scheduled training course.
• A full fee will be charged regardless of the number of participants who attend. In cases of sickness and
other exigencies, the Client reserves the right to transfer the Training Private Seat to another participant
who is qualified to attend the training.
• Nokia is not liable for any delay or non-performance caused by any event of force majeure.
• Cancellation of self-study bookings (not applicable for e-learning) is not possible unless a reasonable cause
can be provided and an agreement is reached between the learner and NokiaEDU .
• If the offer validity period end date should enter into the cancellation start period, the confirmation and
purchase order should be received by NokiaEDU by the 1st day of the cancellation period at the latest. If
after the1st day of the cancellation period the event is not confirmed with an agreement or purchase
order, the event will be cancelled.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
9
SEGMENTS AND SOLUTIONS
Sales Associate/Sales Engineer Specialist Prerequisite
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXA M
REFERENCE DURA TION DELIVERY OPTICA L MICROW A VE IP
FIXED
NETW ORKS POL
SELLING TO RAILW AYS TBU00116W 1h W E x x x
HOW TO POSITION AND SELL
COMMUNICATIONS TRANSFORMATION TBU31293W 30min W E x x x
HOW TO POSITION AND SELL DISTRIBUTION
AUTOMATION TBU31295W 30min W E x x x x
HOW TO POSITION AND SELL UTILITY
BROADBAND TBU31296W 30min W E x x x
SELLING NOKIA INTO THE DEFENSE MARKET TBU00275W 30min W E x x x x
OIL & GAS PIPELINE SOLUTION TBU00115W 45min W E x x x x
PARTNER LEARNING SERIES – POW ER UTILITIES
101
TBU31178W 1h W E x x x x
CLOUD DATA CENTER INTERCONNECT TBU00113W 45min W E x x
NETW ORK SOLUTION FOR LEGACY SCADA
MIGRATION TO IP/MPLS TBU00168D 30min W E x
SELLING INTO AIRPORTS AND AIR TRAFFIC
CONTROL TBU00160W 30min W E x x x x x
SELLING TO HIGHW AY AGENCIES AND
DEPARTMENTS OF TRANSPORTATION GP00601-W 1h W E x x x x x
OPTICAL TRANSPORT SECURITY: L1 SECURITY
W ITH NOKIA 1830 TBU00114W 30min W E x x x x x
NETW ORK SOLUTION FOR LEGACY SCADA
MIGRATION TO IP/MPLS TBU00168D_V1
30min W E x
Note: In order to obtain Sales and Sales Engineer Specialist certifications, you must successfully complete
one course from the Segments and Solutions curriculum in addition to the Sales and Sales Engineer
Specialist curriculums.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
10
AirScale WI-FI
Sales Associate
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE
SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E
GPP DEAL REGISTRATION TRAINING FOR PARTNERS TBU31159W 30min W E
NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI SALES TRAINING TMO00432W 30min W E
NOKIA AND PARTNERS - OPPORTUNITIES TOGETHER TBU00071W 20min W E
Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must also successfully complete one course from the Segments
curriculum.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
11
AirScale WI-FI
Sales Engineer Specialist
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI SALES TRAINING TMO00432W 30min W E
NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI PRODUCT OVERVIEW TMO00405W 30min W E
NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI FEATURES OVERVIEW TMO00406W 30min W E
NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI CONFIGURATION RN00133-W 30min W E
AIRSCALE WI-FI FOR PARTNERS PRODUCT OVERVIEW WAVESPOT
ADDENDUM* RN00680-M 5min R
Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must also successfully complete one course from the Segments
curriculum.
* Optional
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
12
AirScale WI-FI
Field Technician
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION RN00144-W 30min W E
NOKIA HEALTH AND SAFETY EXPECTATIONS RN00145-W 30min W E
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
13
AirScale WI-FI
Technical Support Level 1
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
HOW TO OPEN A TICKET AT NOKIA SMAABAG-W-1801 15min W E
NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI PRODUCT OVERVIEW TMO00405W 30min W E
NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI FEATURES OVERVIEW RN00144-W 30min W E
AIRSCALE WI-FI FOR PARTNERS PRODUCT OVERVIEW WAVESPOT
ADDENDUM* RN00680-M 5min R
NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI ACCESS POINT TROUBLESHOOTING RN00160-W 30min W E
NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI ON PREMISE CONTROLLER
TROUBLESHOOTING RN001610-W 1h W E
* Optional
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
14
ENTERPRISE PRIVATE OPTICAL NETWORKS
Sales Associate
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
REDEFINE PRIVATE OPTICAL NETWORKS OP00526-W-1709 1h W E
NOKIA AND PARTNERS - OPPORTUNITIES TOGETHER TBU00071W 20min W E
PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE
SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E
GPP DEAL REGISTRATION TRAINING FOR PARTNERS TBU31159W 30min W E
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
15
ENTERPRISE PRIVATE OPTICAL NETWORKS
Sales Engineer Specialist
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
REDEFINE PRIVATE OPTICAL NETWORKS OP00526-W-1709 1h W E
WAVELITE PRODUCT OVERVIEW OP00702-W-1710 1h W E
WAVELITE CONFIG TOOL OP00733-M-01 1h R
PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE
SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
16
ENTERPRISE PRIVATE OPTICAL NETWORKS
Field Technician
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE AND CALIBERATION
CERTIFICATION (ESD)
LMQ114W
30min W
INSPECT-CLEAN-INSPECT-CONNECT (ICIC) PROCESS (VIDEO)
OAP00050W
10min W
WAVELITE PRODUCT OVERVIEW
OP00702-W-1710
1h W E
WAVELITE METRO 200 R1.x INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING
OP00010-V-10
2d V
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
17
ENTERPRISE PRIVATE OPTICAL NETWORKS
Integration Engineer
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
WAVELITE PRODUCT OVERVIEW OP00702-W-1710 1h W E
WAVELITE FAMILY R1.0 O&M OP00509 2d V E
NFM -T R.17.9 FOR WAVELITE MANAGEMENT
OP00700
1d V E
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
18
ENTERPRISE PRIVATE OPTICAL NETWORKS
Technical Support Level 1
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
WAVELITE FAMILY R1.0 O&M OP00509 2d V E
HOW TO OPEN A TICKET AT NOKIA SMAABAG-W-1801 15min W E
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE AND CALIBRATION
CERTIFICATION (ESD
LMQ114W 30min W
INSPECT-CLEAN-INSPECT-CONNECT (ICIC) PROCESS (VIDEO)|
OAP00050W 10min W
WDM TECHNOLOGY| TOP18075W
TOP18075W 3h W
WDM TECHNOLOGY SELF-CHECK
TOP18075W_Self-
Check
30min W
GLOBAL PARTNER PROGRAM - HOW TO GET CERTIFIED
GPP90005M
5min R
WAVELITE R1.0.x DELTA TRAINING
OP00549-V-10
3d V
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
19
FIXED NETWORKS
Sales Associate
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
NOKIA AND PARTNERS OPPORTUNITIES TOGETHER TBU00071W 20min W E
GPP DEAL REGISTRATION TRAINING FOR PARTNERS TBU31159W 30min W E
PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE
SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E
OVERVIEW OF THE ISAM FAMILY, REMOTES & ONT’S TAC60021W 1h W E
FIXED ULTRABROADBAND MARKET AND TECHNOLOGY TRENDS TAC60056W 30min W E
FIXED ULTRABROADBAND ACCESS SALES RESOURCES TAC60058W 15min W E
Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must also successfully complete one course from the Segments
curriculum.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
20
FIXED NETWORKS
Sales Engineer Specialist
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE
SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E
ISAM IN NETWORKING AND THE EVOLUTION OF
ACCESS INFRASTRUCTURE TAC60003W 45min W E
5520 AMS DESCRIPTION TAC60009W 45min W E
DSL FEATURES AND CONCEPTS TAC60014W 45min W E
FIBRE ACCESS FEATURE AND CONCEPTS TAC60018W 30min W E
HOME DEVICES OVERVIEW TAC60019W 30min W E
ISAM MICRONODES EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW TAC60020W 45min W E
OVERVIEW OF THE ISAM FAMILY, REMOTES & ONT’S TAC60021W 1h W E
ISAM GENERIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION TAC60043W 45min W E
FIXED ULTRABROADBAND ACCESS SALES RESOURCES TAC60058W 15min W E
Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must also successfully complete one course from the Segments
curriculum.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
21
FIXED NETWORKS
Sales Engineer Professional
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
ISAM VOICE PRODUCT OVERVIEW TAC05021K 3h W E
VOIP & PROTOCOLS OVERVIEW TAC60004W 1h W E
MULTICAST AND IGMP BASICS TAC60006W 30min W E
QOS BASICS TAC60007W 30min W E
STP RSTP MSTP PROTOCOL INTRODUCTION TAC60012W 30min W E
LACP & LAG EXPLAINED TAC60017W 15min W E
73027330 AND 7360 ISAM CAPABILITIES** TAC60031 5d C E
**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact our
Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the start date
of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first day of class.
Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must first successfully complete the Sales Engineer Specialist
curriculum.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
22
FIXED NETWORKS
Sales and Sales Engineer Elective Learning * Optional
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
5529 IDM PRODUCT OVERVIEW* TAC03059W 45min W E
5529 OAD PRODUCT OVERVIEW* TAC03060W 30min W E
7330 ANSI XD HARDWARE OVERVIEW* TAC42083W 45min W E
INTRODUCTION TO EPON AND DPOE* TAC42084W 15min W E
INTRODUCTION TO IPV6 IN FIXED ULTRA-BROADBAND
ACCESS* TAC42098W 45min W E
INTRODUCTION TO FAST* TAC42099W 45min W E
NG-PON2 AN INTRODUCTION* TAC42102W 45min W E
5529 SDC OVERVIEW* TAC42103W 30min W E
GPON EVOLUTION IN ACCESS TECHNOLOGY INTRODUCTION* TAC60001W 45min W E
DSL IN ACCESS NETWORKS TECHNOLOGY INTRODUCTION* TAC60002W 30min W E
ISAM IN NETWORKING AND THE EVOLUTION OF
ACCESS INFRASTRUCTURE* TAC60003W 45min W E
VOIP & PROTOCOLS OVERVIEW* TAC60004W 1h W E
ISAM FX EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW* TAC60016W 30min W E
ISAM MICRONODES EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW* TAC60020W 45min W E
OVERVIEW OF THE ISAM FAMILY, REMOTES & ONT’S* TAC60021W 1h W E
FBA ELEMENT MANAGEMENT INTRODUCTION* TAC60022W 45min W E
7360 PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN SOLUTION INTRODUCTION* TAC60042W 30min W E
FIXED ULTRABROADBAND MARKET AND TECHNOLOGY
TRENDS* TAC60056W 30min W E
MARKET OVERVIEW: PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN FOR
ENTERPRISE, INDUSTRY AND PUBLIC SECTOR* TAC60057W 30min W E
FIXED ULTRABROADBAND ACCESS SALES RESOURCES* TAC60058W 15min W E
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
23
FIXED NETWORKS
Field Technician
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
ESD AND CALIBRATION LMQ114W 30min W E
ISAM HW INSTALLATION (AGGREGATE OF 9 MODULES) TAC03065K 45min W E
ISAM VOICE PRODUCT OVERVIEW TAC05021K 3h W E
GPON EVOLUTION IN ACCESS TECHNOLOGY INTRODUCTION TAC60001W 45min W E
ISAM IN NETWORKING AND THE EVOLUTION OF
ACCESS INFRASTRUCTURE TAC60003W 45min W E
GPON FIBER PRINCIPLES TAC60008W 45min W E
5520 AMS DESCRIPTION TAC60009W 45min W E
GETTING STARTED WITH 5520 AMS TAC60010W 30min W E
HOME DEVICES OVERVIEW TAC60019W 30min W E
ISAM MICRONODES EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW TAC60020W 45min W E
OVERVIEW OF THE ISAM FAMILY, REMOTES & ONT’S TAC60021W 1h W E
FBA ELEMENT MANAGEMENT INTRODUCTION TAC60022W 45min W E
ISAM GENERIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION TAC60043W 45min W E
7302-7330 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT / 5520 AMS BASIC
COMMISSIONING TAC05002K 1h55 W E
7302-7360 ISAM GPON BASIC CONFIGURATION TAC05006K 5h W E
736X MICRO-NODES/5520 AMS BASIC COMMISSIONING TAC05003K 1h45 W E
ALCNA FBA TECHNOLOGIES & PRODUCTS TAC42089E 1h E
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
24
FIXED NETWORKS
Network Integration Engineer
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
ESD AND CALIBRATION LMQ114W 30min W E
GPON EVOLUTION IN ACCESS TECHNOLOGY INTRODUCTION TAC60001W 45min W E
GPON FIBER PRINCIPLES TAC60008W 45min W E
5520 AMS DESCRIPTION TAC60009W 45min W E
GETTING STARTED WITH 5520 AMS TAC60010W 30min W E
ISAM FD EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW TAC60013W 30min W E
HOME DEVICES OVERVIEW TAC60019W 30min W E
ISAM MICRONODES EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW TAC60020W 45min W E
OVERVIEW OF THE ISAM FAMILY, REMOTES & ONT’S TAC60021W 1h W E
7302-7330 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT / 5520 AMS BASIC
COMMISSIONING TAC05002K 1h55 W E
7302-7360 ISAM GPON BASIC CONFIGURATION TAC05006K 5h W E
7302-7360 ISAM NELT P2P ETH. QOS TAC05013K 7h15 W E
736X MICRO-NODES/5520 AMS BASIC COMMISSIONING TAC05003K 1h45 W E
CNP FBA FTTX High Cap NT INTEGRATION, OPERATIONS &
MAINTENANCE
TAC03504E 2h E
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
25
FIXED NETWORKS
Technical Support Level 1
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
HOW TO OPEN A TICKET AT NOKIA SMAABAG-W-1801 15min W E
ISAM HW INSTALLATION (AGGREGATE OF 9 MODULES) TAC03065K 45min W E
GPON EVOLUTION IN ACCESS TECHNOLOGY INTRODUCTION TAC60001W 45min W E
5520 AMS DESCRIPTION TAC60009W 45min W E
GETTING STARTED WITH 5520 AMS TAC60010W 30min W E
ISAM FD EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW TAC60013W 30min W E
FIBRE ACCESS FEATURE AND CONCEPTS TAC60018W 30min W E
HOME DEVICES OVERVIEW TAC60019W 30min W E
ISAM MICRONODES EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW TAC60020W 45min W E
OVERVIEW OF THE ISAM FAMILY, REMOTES & ONT’S TAC60021W 1h W E
FBA ELEMENT MANAGEMENT INTRODUCTION TAC60022W 45min W E
7302-7360 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT / 5520 AMS BASIC
COMMISSIONING TAC05002K 1h55 W E
7302-7360 ISAM GPON BASIC CONFIGURATION TAC05006K 5h W E
7302-7360 ISAM NELT P2P ETH. QOS TAC05013K 7h15 W E
736X MICRO-NODES/5520 AMS BASIC COMMISSIONING TAC05003K 1h45 W E
ALCNA FBA TECHNOLOGIES & PRODUCTS TAC42089E 1h E
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
26
FIXED NETWORKS
Technical Support Level 2
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
ISAM VOICE PRODUCT OVERVIEW TAC05021K 3h W E
INTRODUCTION TO VDSL2 VECTORING TAC42087W 1h W E
MULTICAST AND IGMP BASICS TAC60006W 30min W E
QOS BASICS TAC60007W 30min W E
STP RSTP MSTP PROTOCOL INTRODUCTION TAC60012W 30min W E
LACP & LAG EXPLAINED TAC60017W 15min W E
7302-7360 ISAM HIGH. CAP. NT: CONFIGURATION OF QOS,
VIDEO (MC) AND VOIP FOR PON DEPLOYMENTS TAC05012K 9h30 W E
7302-7360 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT/5520 AMS L2 & PPPOX
FORWARDING TAC05009K 6h15 W E
7302-7330-7360 ISAM SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT_BKP-
RST_PM & SYSLOG TAC05014K 8h15 W E
7302-7360 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT/5520 AMS - L2+ & L3
CONFIGURATIONS TAC05016K 5h W E
7302-7360 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT/5520 AMS - REDUNDANCY
CONFIGURATIONS TAC05018K 1h45 W E
CNP FBA FTTX High Cap NT INTEGRATION, OPERATIONS &
MAINTENANCE TAC03504E 2h E
Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must first successfully complete the Technical Support Level 1
curriculum.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
27
FIXED NETWORKS
Technical Elective Learning (1/2) * Optional
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
VDSL2 EXPERT WORKSHOP** 3FL00452AAAA
ZZZZA 2.5d C E
5520 AMS INSTALLATION AND ADMINISTRATION** TAC03017 2d C E
VDSL2 ARQ & VECTORING EXPERT WORKSHOP** TAC03056 2.5d C
73027330-7360 ISAM PON ADVANCED FEATURES** TAC42061 2d C E
7360 ISAM EPON DPOE BASIC CONFIGURATION** TAC42068 2d C E
7302-7360 ISAM NELT P2P ETH. QOS* TAC05013K 7h15 W E
736X MICRO-NODES/5520 AMS BASIC COMMISSIONING* TAC05003K 1h45 W E
ISAM DELTA HIGH CAP. NT TO STD. NT BASIC COMMISSIONING** TAC42070 1/2d C E
7302 – 7330 ISAM DSL BASIC CONFIGURATION* TAC05005K 2h45 W E
7330 ANSI XD HARDWARE OVERVIEW* TAC42083W 45min W E
INTRODUCTION TO EPON AND DPOE* TAC42084W 15min W E
EPON TECHNOLOGY OVERVIEW* TAC42085W 45min W E
DPOE TECHNOLOGY OVERVIEW* TAC42086W 15min W E
INTRODUCTION TO VDSL2 VECTORING* TAC42087W 1h W E
INTRODUCTION TO IPV6 IN FIXED ULTRA-BROADBAND ACCESS* TAC42098W 45min W E
INTRODUCTION TO FAST* TAC42099W 45min W E
NG-PON2 AN INTRODUCTION* TAC42102W 45min W E
FAST EXPERT WORKSHOP** TAC42120 2d C E
DSL IN ACCESS NETWORKS TECHNOLOGY INTRODUCTION* TAC60002W 30min W E
ISAM IN NETWORKING AND THE EVOLUTION OF
ACCESS INFRASTRUCTURE* TAC60003W 45min W E
VOIP & PROTOCOLS OVERVIEW* TAC60004W 1h W E
GPON FIBER PRINCIPLES* TAC60008W 45min W E
GETTING STARTED WITH 5520 AMS* TAC60010W 30min W E
DSL FEATURES AND CONCEPTS* TAC60014W 45min W E
DSL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY* TAC60015W 30min W E
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
28
ISAM FX EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW* TAC60016W 30min W E
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
29
FIXED NETWORKS
Technical Elective Learning (2/2) * Optional
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
FIBRE ACCESS FEATURE AND CONCEPTS* TAC60018W 30min W E
HOME DEVICES OVERVIEW* TAC60019W 30min W E
ISAM MICRONODES EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW* TAC60020W 45min W E
OVERVIEW OF THE ISAM FAMILY, REMOTES & ONT’S* TAC60021W 1h W E
FBA ELEMENT MANAGEMENT INTRODUCTION* TAC60022W 45min W E
PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN SOLUTION INTRODUCTION* TAC60042W 30min W E
INTRODUCTION TO PRECISION TIME PROTOCOL WITH TOD* TAC60045W 30min W E
5571 POL COMMAND CENTER INTRODUCTION* TAC60047W 30min W E
5529 INVENTORY DATA MANAGER (IDM) ADMINISTRATION* TAC60052W 30min W E
5529 SDC ADMINISTRATION* TAC60054W 30min W E
5529 ACCESS PROVISIONING CENTER (APC) ADMINISTRATION* TAC60055W 45min W E
*For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact our
Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the start date
of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first day of class
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
30
IP
Sales Associate
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
NOKIA AND PARTNERS OPPORTUNITIES TOGETHER TBU00071W 20min W E
KEYS FOR SELLING TBU00047W 1h W E
PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE
SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E
GPP DEAL REGISTRATION TRAINING FOR PARTNERS TBU31159W 30min W E
NOKIA IP ROUTING PRODUCT OVERVIEW ER01240-W-
1806 30min W E
Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must also successfully complete one course from the Segments
curriculum.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
31
IP
Sales Engineer Specialist (W/Wo NSP)
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
Pick any one of the following courses.
7210 SAS PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36058W 5h W E
7705 SAR PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36084WK 5h 30min W E
7750 SR/7450 ESS PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36095W 4h3 W E
7950 XRS PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36082W 1h W E
7250 IXR PRODUCT OVERVIEW
ER00327W-1700
30min W
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE
SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E
NOKIA SCALABLE IP NETWORKS** 3FL30632AAAAZZ
ZZA 4d C E
NOKIA SCALABLE IP NETWORKS SELFSTUDY GUIDE
PREPARING FOR THE NETWORK ROUTING SPECIALIST I (NRS 1)
CERTIFICATION EXAM
TER00034M 16h R
NOKIA IP ROUTING PRODUCT OVERVIEW ER01240-W-1806 30min W
NOKIA NETWORK ROUTING SPECIALIST I WRITTEN EXAM
[4A0100] TER00035M 1h15 E
NSP (NETWORK SERVICES PLATFORM) RELEASE 17.3 OVERVIEW TOS00059W 1h W E
NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER - PACKET) REL 17
FUNDAMENTALS TOS00060W 6h W
Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must also successfully complete one course from the
Segments curriculum.
**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact
our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
32
start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first
day of class.
IP
Sales Engineer Professional (W/Wo NSP) (1/2)
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
NOKIA INTERIOR ROUTING PROTOCOLS** 3FL30633AAAAZ
ZZZA 5d C E
NOKIA MULTIPROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING** 3FL30635AAAAZ
ZZZA 5d C E
NOKIA SERVICES ARCHITECTURE** 3FL30636AAAAZ
ZZZA 4d C E
NOKIA ROUTING PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER00012W 45min W E
NOKIA NETWORK ROUTING SPECIALIST II (NRS II)
SELFSTUDY GUIDE: PREPARING FOR THE NRS II
CERTIFICATION EXAMS SELF STUDY LAB EXERCISES PLUS
NOKIA NRS II LAB EXAM
TER00036M 40h R
NOKIA NRS II LAB WORKSHOP VERSION A* TER36090 1d C E
NRS II LAB EXAM WORKSHOP VERSION B* TER36091 1d C E
NOKIA NRS II LAB EXAM [NRSII4A0] TER00037M 3h30 E
NOKIA INTERIOR ROUTING PROTOCOLS EXAM [4A0 101] TER00038M 1h30 R
NOKIA MULTIPROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING EXAM [4A0 103] TER00039M 1h30 R
NOKIA SERVICES ARCHITECTURE EXAM [4A0104] TER00040M 1h30 R
NSP (NETWORK SERVICES PLATFORM) RELEASE 17.3 OVERVIEW TOS00059W 1h W E
NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER - PACKET) REL 17
FUNDAMENTALS TOS00060W 6h
W
7250 IXR PRODUCT OVERVIEW
ER00327W-1700
30 min
W
Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must first successfully complete the Sales Engineer Specialist
curriculum.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
33
IP
Field Technician (W/Wo NSP)
Pick the courses associated to the product below. Only one product is required.
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
7250 IXR PRODUCT OVERVIEW ER00327W-1700 30min W
7210 SAS
7210 SAS PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36058W 5h W E
7210 SAS INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING SITE
PREPARATION PLE07188M 30min R
7210 SAS INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING** TER18011 1.5d C E
7705 SAR
7705 SAR PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36084WK 5h 30min W E
7705 SAR INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING SITE
PREPARATION PLE07187M 30min R
7705 SAR INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING** TER18010 1.5d C E
7750 SR/7450 ESS
7750 SR/7450 ESS PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36095W 4h30 W E
7750 SR/7450 ESS INSTALLATION &
COMMISSIONING SITE PREPARATION PLE07169M 30min R
7750 SR / 7450 ESS INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING** TER18009 1.5d C E
7950 XRS
7950 XRS PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36082W 1h W E
7950 XRS INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING SITE
PREPARATION PLE07168M 30min R
7950 XRS / 7750 SR12E INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING** TER18008 1.5d C E
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
ESD AND CALIBRATION LMQ114W 30min W E
INSPECTCLEANINSPECTCONNECT (ICIC) PROCESS (VIDEO) OAP00050W 30min W E
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
34
IP
Network Integration Engineer (W/Wo NSP) (1/2)
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
Pick any one of the following courses.
7210 SAS PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36058W 5h W E
7705 SAR PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36084WK 5h 30min W E
7750 SR/7450 ESS PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36095W 4h30 W E
7950 XRS PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36082W 1h W E
7250 IXR PRODUCT OVERVIEW
ER00327W-1700
30min W
* Optional
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
NOKIA SCALABLE IP NETWORKS** 3FL30632AAAAZZZZ A 4d C E
NOKIA INTERIOR ROUTING PROTOCOLS** 3FL30633AAAAZZZZ A 5d C E
NOKIA MULTIPROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING** 3FL30635AAAAZZZZ A 5d C E
NOKIA SERVICES ARCHITECTURE** 3FL30636AAAAZZZZ A 4d C E
NOKIA SCALABLE IP NETWORKS SELFSTUDY GUIDE
PREPARING FOR THE NETWORK ROUTING SPECIALIST I
(NRS 1) CERTIFICATION EXAM *
TER00034M 16h R
NOKIA NETWORK ROUTING SPECIALIST I WRITTEN
EXAM [4A0100] TER00035M 1h15
E
NOKIA NETWORK ROUTING SPECIALIST II (NRS II)
SELFSTUDY GUIDE: PREPARING FOR THE NRS II
CERTIFICATION EXAMS SELF STUDY LAB EXERCISES
PLUS NOKIA NRS II LAB EXAM *
TER00036M 40h R
NOKIA NRS II LAB EXAM [NRSII4A0] TER00037M 3h30 E
NOKIA INTERIOR ROUTING PROTOCOLS EXAM [4A0
101] TER00038M 1h30 R
NOKIA MULTIPROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING EXAM [4A0
103] TER00039M 1h30 R
NOKIA SERVICES ARCHITECTURE EXAM [4A0104] TER00040M 1h30 R
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
35
NOKIA NRS II LAB WORKSHOP VERSION A** TER36090 1d C E
NRS II LAB EXAM WORKSHOP VERSION B** TER36091 1d C E
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
36
IP
Network Integration Engineer (W/Wo NSP) (2/2)
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
NSP (NETWORK SERVICES PLATFORM) RELEASE 17.3
OVERVIEW TOS00059W 1h W E
NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER - PACKET) REL 17
FUNDAMENTALS TOS00060W 6h W
NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER - PACKET) REL 17
SERVICE OPERATIONS AND PROVISIONING -
FUNDAMENTALS**
TOS42101 2d C
NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER - PACKET) REL 17
SERVICE OPERATIONS AND PROVISIONING - ENHANCED
OAM**
TOS42102 3d C
NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER - PACKET) REL 17
SERVICES OPERATION AND PROVISIONING - SERVICE
INTERCONNECTION**
TOS42103 2d C
**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact
our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the
start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first
day of class.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
37
IP
Technical Support Level 1 (W/Wo NSP)
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
Pick any one of the following courses.
7210 SAS PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36058W 5h W E
7705 SAR PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36084WK 5h 30min W E
7750 SR/7450 ESS PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36095W 4h30 W E
7950 XRS PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36082W 1h W E
7250 IXR PRODUCT OVERVIEW
ER00327W-1700
30min W
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
HOW TO OPEN A TICKET AT NOKIA SMAABAG-W-1801 15min W E
ESD AND CALIBRATION LMQ114W 30min W E
INSPECTCLEANINSPECTCONNECT (ICIC) PROCESS (VIDEO) OAP00050W 30min W E
SROS FUNDAMENTALS TER36066W 12h W E
BASIC SERVCE ROUTER TROUBLESHOOTING TER36065 3d C E
NSP (NETWORK SERVICES PLATFORM) RELEASE 17.3 OVERVIEW TOS00059W 1h W E
NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER - PACKET) REL 17
SERVICE OPERATIONS AND PROVISIONING - FUNDAMENTALS** TOS42101 2d C
**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact our
Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the start date
of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first day of class .
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
38
IP
Technical Support Level 2 (W/Wo NSP) * Technical Support Level 1 is a Pre-Requisite to Technical Support Level 2
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
NOKIA SCALABLE IP NETWORKS** 3FL30632AAAAZZZZ A 4d C E
NOKIA INTERIOR ROUTING PROTOCOLS** 3FL30633AAAAZZZZ A 5d C E
NOKIA MULTIPROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING** 3FL30635AAAAZZZZ A 5d C E
NOKIA SERVICES ARCHITECTURE** 3FL30636AAAAZZZZ A 4d C E
NOKIA SCALABLE IP NETWORKS SELFSTUDY GUIDE
PREPARING FOR THE NETWORK ROUTING SPECIALIST I
(NRS 1) CERTIFICATION EXAM
TER00034M 26h R
NOKIA NETWORK ROUTING SPECIALIST I WRITTEN EXAM
[4A0100] TER00035M 1h15 E
NOKIA NETWORK ROUTING SPECIALIST II (NRS II)
SELFSTUDY GUIDE: PREPARING FOR THE NRS II
CERTIFICATION EXAMS SELF STUDY LAB EXERCISES PLUS
NOKIA NRS II LAB EXAM
TER00036M 40h R
NOKIA NRS II LAB EXAM [NRSII4A0] TER00037M 3h30 E
NOKIA INTERIOR ROUTING PROTOCOLS EXAM [4A0
101] TER00038M 1h30 R
NOKIA MULTIPROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING EXAM [4A0
103] TER00039M 1h30 R
NOKIA SERVICES ARCHITECTURE EXAM [4A0104] TER00040M 1h30 R
NOKIA NRS II LAB WORKSHOP VERSION A** TER36090 1d C E
NRS II LAB EXAM WORKSHOP VERSION B** TER36091 1d C E
NFM-P NETWORK AND SERVICE TROUBLESHOOTING** TOS36025 4d C E
Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must first successfully complete the Technical Support Level 1
curriculum.
* Optional
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
39
MICROWAVE
Sales Associate
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
NOKIA AND PARTNERS OPPORTUNITIES TOGETHER TBU00071W 20min W E
KEYS FOR SELLING TBU00047W 1h W E
PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE
SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E
GPP DEAL REGISTRATION TRAINING FOR PARTNERS TBU31159W 30min W E
MICROWAVE BASICS TOP00009W 1h45min W E
MICROWAVE PORTFOLIO OVREWIEW - GPP
TOP00010W 1h W E
WHEN/WHY NETWORK MANAGEMENT FOR MICROWAVE TOS00023W 30min W E
Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must also successfully complete one course from the
Segments curriculum.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
40
MICROWAVE
Sales Engineer Specialist * Optional
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE
SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E
MICROWAVE BASICS TOP00009W 1h45min W E
MICROWAVE PORTFOLIO OVERVIEW - GPP
TOP00010W 1h W E
TSM 8000 FUNDAMENTALS TOS00022W 3h W E
WHEN/WHY NETWORK MANAGEMENT FOR MICROWAVE TOS00023W 30min W E
NSP NFM-P (Network Functions Manager- Packet) Rel 17
Fundamentals
TOS00060WK
5h 49 min W
9500 MPR GLOBAL MARKET NODE
(MSS1/MSS4/MSS8) R6.0 FUNCTIONAL AND
HARDWARE DESCRIPTION GPP
TWT42035W 2h15 W E
9500 MPR GLOBAL MARKET TERMINAL (MPRE/MSS1C)
R6.0 FUNCTIONAL AND HW DESCRIPTION GPP TWT42038W 1h15 W E
9500 MPR - DELTA FEATURES R6.1 TO R7.0 ETSI FULL
INDOOR NODE (MSS-1/MSS-4/MSS-8)* TWT00004W 1h W E
WAVENCE 18A FUNCTIONAL AND HW DESCRIPTION RN00571-K-18A
2h W E
Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must also successfully complete one course from the
Segments curriculum.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
41
MICROWAVE
Field Technician
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
9500 MPR INSTALLATION, TEST & TURN UP (NON NAR)** TWT18005 3d C E
9500 MPR HARDWARE INSTALLATION GPP TWT18014W 1h W E
WAVENCE 18A FUNCTIONAL AND HW DESCRIPTION RN00571-K-18A
2h W E
**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact
our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the
start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first
day of class.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
42
MICROWAVE
Field Technician NAR * Optional
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
WT PRODUCT DEPLOYMENT FOR PARTNERS IN NAR
(VENDOR MANAGED DELIVERY) RADIO** NAR RADIO 4d +1d exam C E
WT PRODUCT DEPLOYMENT FOR PARTNERS IN NAR
(VENDOR MANAGED DELIVERY) ANTENNA** NAR ANTENNA 4d +1d exam C E
WT PRODUCT DEPLOYMENT FOR PARTNERS IN NAR
(VENDOR MANAGED DELIVERY) MPRE** NAR MPRe 3d +1d exam C E
9500 MPR HARDWARE INSTALLATION GPP TWT18014W 1h W E
**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact
our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the
start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first
day of class.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
43
MICROWAVE
Network Integration Engineer * Optional
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
TSM 8000 FUNDAMENTALS TOS00022W 3h W E
NSP NFM-P (Network Functions Manager- Packet) Rel 17
Fundamentals
TOS00060WK
5h 49min W
9500 MPR GLOBAL MARKET NODE (MSS1/MSS4/MSS8)
R6.0 FUNCTIONAL AND HARDWARE DESCRIPTION GPP TWT42035W 2h15 W E
Wavence 18A Functional and HW description
RN00571
7h V E
9500 MPR R.8.0 Global Market Ethernet traffic
TWT42037
2d V E
9500 MPR GLOBAL MARKET TERMINAL (MPRE/MSS1C)
R6.0 FUNCTIONAL AND HW DESCRIPTION GPP TWT42038W 1h15 W E
9500 MPR (MICROWAVE PACKET RADIO) R6.1 GLOBAL MARKET
TERMINAL (MPRE/MSS1C) OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE
GPP**
TWT42039 1d C E
WAVENCE 18A COMMON FUNCTIONALITIES O&M
RN00572
7h V E
WAVENCE 18A ETHERNET TRAFFIC O&M
RN00014
14h V E
WAVENCE18A ETHERNET RING PROTECTION O&M
RN00015
7h V E
WAVENCE 18A PDH-SDH-SONET TRAFFIC O&M
RN00016
7h V E
9500 MPR - DELTA FEATURES R6.1 TO R7.0 ETSI FULL
INDOOR NODE (MSS-1/MSS-4/MSS-8)* TWT00004W 1h W E
WAVENCE RN00571K18A FUNCTIONAL AND HW
DESCRIPTION
RN00571-K-18A
2h W E
**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact
our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the
start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first
day of class.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
44
MICROWAVE
Technical Support Level 1 * Optional
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
HOW TO OPEN A TICKET AT NOKIA SMAABAG-W-
1801 15min W E
MICROWAVE BACISCS
TOP00009W
1h 45min W E
9500 MPR GLOBAL MARKET NODE
(MSS1/MSS4/MSS8) R6.0 FUNCTIONAL AND
HARDWARE DESCRIPTION GPP
TWT42035W 2h15 W E
9500 MPR GLOBAL MARKET TERMINAL (MPRE/MSS1C)
R6.0 FUNCTIONAL AND HW DESCRIPTION GPP TWT42038W 1h15 W E
9500 MPR NODE REL. 6.1 L1 MAINTENANCE GPP TWT63045W 6h W E
9500 MPR TERMINAL REL. 6.1 L1 MAINTENANCE GPP TWT63046W 3h W E
9500 MPR - DELTA FEATURES R6.1 TO R7.0 ETSI FULL
INDOOR NODE (MSS-1/MSS-4/MSS-8)* TWT00004W 1h W E
WAVENCE 18A FUNCTIONAL AND HW DESCRIPTION
RN00571-K-18A
2h W E
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
45
NOKIA SOFTWARE
VitalSuite Sales Associate
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
NOKIA AND PARTNERS OPPORTUNITIES TOGETHER TBU00071W 20min W E
KEYS FOR SELLING TBU0047W 1h W E
GPP DEAL REGISTRATION TRAINING FOR PARTNERS TBU31159W 30min W E
VITALSUITE SALES PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT AND
THE MARKET TAP00004W 50min W E
VITALSUITE SALES UNDERSTANDING THE MARKET TAP00005W 52min W E
VITALSUITE SALES – SELLING THE VITALSUITE SOLUTION TAP00006W 44min W E
NPM VITALSUITE - VITALNET OPERATION OS88281-W-1710 2h W E
NPM VITALSUITE - VITAL REALTIME OPERATIONS OS88282-W-1710 1h W E
NPM VITALSUITE - ADVANCED REPORTING TOOLKIT (ART)
OPERATIONS OS88283-W-1710 1h W E
VITALAPPS 14 OVERVIEW TAP00010W 26min W E
VITALART 14 OVERVIEW TAP00011W 23min W E
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
46
NOKIA SOFTWARE
VitalSuite Sales Engineer Specialist
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
NPM VITALSUITE - VITALNET OPERATION OS88281-W-1710 2h W E
NPM VITALSUITE - VITAL REALTIME OPERATIONS OS88282-W-1710 1h W E
NPM VITALSUITE - ADVANCED REPORTING TOOLKIT (ART)
OPERATIONS OS88283-W-1710 1h W E
VITALNET 14 OVERVIEW TAP00007W 28min W E
VITALNET REAL TIME 14 OVERVIEW TAP00008W 20min W E
VITALFLOW 14 OVERVIEW TAP00009W 17min W E
VITALAPPS 14 OVERVIEW TAP00010W 26min W E
VITALART 14 OVERVIEW TAP00011W 23min W E
VITALSUITE PRESALES TECHNICAL OVERVIEW TAP00012W 40min W E
DIFFICULTY IN IDENTIFYING NETWORK ISSUES TAP00013W 17min W E
VOIP QUALITY ISSUES TAP00014W 20min W E
MONITORING IPV6 DEVICES TAP00015W 9min W E
APPLICATION MAPPING TAP00016W 16min W E
TRAPS TAP00017W 10min W E
VM ENVIRONMENT TAP00018W 9min W E
REALTIME APPLICATION PERFORMANCE TAP00019W 11min W E
VITALSUITE PRICING AND SIZING** TOS00001V 2h V E
**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact
our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the
start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first
day of class.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
47
NOKIA SOFTWARE
VitalSuite User
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
NPM VITALSUITE - VITALNET OPERATION OS88281-W-1710 2h W E
NPM VITALSUITE - VITAL REALTIME OPERATIONS OS88282-W-1710 1h W E
NPM VITALSUITE - ADVANCED REPORTING TOOLKIT (ART)
OPERATIONS OS88283-W-1710 1h W E
VitalSuite – VitalAPPS Operation (18.7) OS88284-W-1807 1h W E
**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact
our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the
start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first
day of class.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
48
NOKIA SOFTWARE
VitalSuite Administration
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
VitalSuite – Operations, Administration and Mainteneance
(18.7) OS88285-W-1807 1h 15min W E
**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact
our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the
start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first
day of class.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
49
NOKIA SOFTWARE
VitalQIP Sales Associate
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
KEYS FOR SELLING TBU0047W 1h W E
NOKIA AND PARTNERS OPPORTUNITIES TOGETHER TBU00071W 20min W E
GPP DEAL REGISTRATION TRAINING FOR PARTNERS TBU31159W 30min W E
VITALQIP SALES TAP00020W 34min W E
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
50
NOKIA SOFTWARE
VitalQIP Sales Engineer Specialist
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
VITALQIP SALES TAP00020W 34min W E
VITALQIP PRESALES TAP00021W 45min W E
VITALQIP APPLIANCE OVERVIEW TAP00022W 25min W E
VITALQIP 8.1 RELEASE UPDATE TAP00023W 5min W E
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
51
NOKIA SOFTWARE
VitalQIP Installation
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
VITALQIP INSTALLATION TOS00201W 1h30 W E
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
52
NOKIA SOFTWARE
VitalQIP Administration
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
VITALQIP INSTALLATION TOS00201W 1h30 W E
NOKIA VITALQIP ADMINISTRATION AP00120-V-0812 3d C E
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
53
NOKIA SOFTWARE
VitalQIP User
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
VITALQIP INSTALLATION TOS00201W 1h30 W E
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
54
OPTICS
Sales Associate
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
NOKIA AND PARTNERS OPPORTUNITIES TOGETHER TBU00071W 20min W E
KEYS FOR SELLING TBU00047W 1h W E
PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE
SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E
GPP DEAL REGISTRATION TRAINING FOR PARTNERS TBU31159W 30min W E
NOKIA OPTICAL PRODUCT OVERVIEW TOP00008W 45min W E
Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must also successfully complete one course from the
Segments curriculum.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
55
OPTICS
Sales Engineer Specialist
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE
SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E
NOKIA OPTICAL PRODUCT OVERVIEW TOP00008W 45min W E
WDM TECHNOLOGY GPP TOP18075W 3h W E
1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) 4
ARCHITECTURE AND HARDWARE GPP TOP30040W 1h W E
1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) R9.X INTRODUCTION TOP54079W 2h W E
1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH)
SWDM R9.X ARCHITECTURE AND HARDWARE TOP54080W 1h W E
1830 PSS-24X R 9.x ARCHITECTURE & HARDWARE TOP54112W 1h W E
1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) ENGINEERING &
PLANNING TOOL (EPT) R8.X FOR GPP TOP00014W 6h W E
1830 PSS (Photonic Service Switch) Introduction OP00638-K-0000 2h W E
Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must also successfully complete one course from the
Segments curriculum.
Note: In order to obtain the Sales Engineer Professional certification, you must successfully complete this
certification before attending the Sales Engineer Professional curriculum.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
56
OPTICS
Sales Engineer Professional
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
NOKIA FUNDAMENTALS OF OPTICAL NETWORK DESIGN** TOP00004 3d C E
NOKIA ADVANCED OPTICAL NETWORK DESIGN** TOP00005 5d C E
NOKIA FUNDAMENTALS OF OPTICAL NETWORK
DESIGN EXAM 4A0250 1h
E
NOKIA ADVANCED OPTICAL NETWORK DESIGN EXAM 4A0255 2h
E
Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must first successfully complete the Sales Engineer Specialist
curriculum.
**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact
our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the
start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first
day of class.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
57
OPTICS
Field Technician
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
ESD AND CALIBRATION LMQ114W 30min W E
INSPECTCLEANINSPECTCONNECT (ICIC) PROCESS (VIDEO) OAP00050W 30min W E
1830 PSS4 INSTALLATION, TEST AND TURN UP TOP30020W 4h W E
1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) 4 ARCHITECTURE
AND HARDWARE GPP TOP30040W 1h W E
1830 PSS-4/8/16/16II/32 HW ENGINEERING, INSTALLATION
& BASIC COMMISSIONING R9** TOP30043 5d C E
1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) R9.X INTRODUCTION TOP54079W 2h W E
1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) SWDM
R9.X ARCHITECTURE AND HARDWARE TOP54080W 1h W E
1830 PSS (Photonic Service Switch)
Introduction
OP00638-K-
0000 2h W E
**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact
our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the
start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first
day of class.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
58
OPTICS
Network Integration Engineer
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH)
16/32 SWDM OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE
TOP30003W 3h W E
1830 PSS4 R WDM OPERATION & MAINTENANCE TOP30016W 2h W E
1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) 4
ARCHITECTURE AND HARDWARE GPP TOP30040W 1h W E
1830 PSS8/16II O&M TOP51001W 18h W E
1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) R9.X
INTRODUCTION TOP54079W 2h W E
1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE
SWITCH) SWDM R9.X ARCHITECTURE
AND HARDWARE
TOP54080W 1h W E
1830 PSS-24X R 9.x ARCHITECTURE & HARDWARE TOP54112W 1h W E
1830 PSS-24X R 9.0 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE * TOP54111 11h V E
NFM -T R.18 Managed plane Network construction
with 1830 PSS operations OP00090-V-18 14h V E
NFM-T R.18 Provisioning and Network maintenance
-managed plane OP00092-V-18 14h V E
1830 PSS (Photonic Service Switch) Introduction OP00638-K-0000 2h W E
*Optional
**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact
our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the
start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first
day of class.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
59
OPTICS
Technical Support Level 1
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
HOW TO OPEN A TICKET AT NOKIA SMAABAG-W-
1801 15min W E
ESD AND CALIBRATION LMQ114W 30min W E
INSPECTCLEANINSPECTCONNECT (ICIC) PROCESS (VIDEO) OAP00050W 30min W E
WDM TECHNOLOGY GPP TOP18075W 3h W E
1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) 4 ARCHITECTURE
AND HARDWARE GPP TOP30040W 1h W E
1830 PSS 16/32 R 9.X L1 MAINTENANCE TOP42018W 6h W E
1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) R9.X INTRODUCTION TOP54079W 2h W E
1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) SWDM
R9.X ARCHITECTURE AND HARDWARE TOP54080W 1h W E
1830 PSS-24X R 9.x ARCHITECTURE &
HARDWARE * TOP54112W 1h W E
1830 PSS (Photonic Service Switch) Introduction OP00638-K-
0000 2h W E
Note: In order to obtain the Technical Level Support Level 2 certification, you must successfully complete this certification before attending the Technical Level Support Level 2 curriculum. * Optional
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
60
OPTICS
Technical Support Level 2
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) 16/32
SWDM OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE TOP30003W 3h W E
1830 PSS4 R WDM OPERATION & MAINTENANCE TOP30016W 2h W E
1830 PSS8/16II O&M TOP51001W 18h W E
1830 PSS-24X R 9.0 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE* TOP54111 11h V E
NFM -T R.18 Managed plane Network construction with 1830
PSS operations OP00090-V-18 14h V E
NFM-T R.18 Provisioning and Network maintenance -
managed plane OP00092-V-18 14h V E
NOKIA OPTICAL DIAGNOSTICS & TROUBLESHOOTING** TOP00007 4d V E
NOKIA OPTICAL DIAGNOSTICS & TROUBLESHOOTING EXAM 4A0265 2h
E
Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must first successfully complete the Technical Support Level 1 curriculum. *Optional
**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact
our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the
start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first
day of class.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
61
PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN (POL)
Sales Associate
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
NOKIA AND PARTNERS OPPORTUNITIES TOGETHER TBU00071W 20min W E
GPP DEAL REGISTRATION TRAINING FOR PARTNERS TBU31159W 30min W E
PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE
SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E
PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN SOLUTION INTRODUCTION TAC60042W 30min W E
MARKET OVERVIEW: PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN FOR
ENTERPRISE, INDUSTRY AND PUBLIC SECTOR TAC60057W 30min W E
Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must also successfully complete one course from the
Segments curriculum.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
62
PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN (POL)
Sales Engineer Specialist
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE
SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E
PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN SOLUTION INTRODUCTION TAC60042W 30min W E
5571 POL COMMAND CENTER INTRODUCTION TAC60047W 30min W E
PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN SYSTEM OVERVIEW AND ARCHITECTURE TAC60048W 30min W E
Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must also successfully complete one course from the
Segments curriculum.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
63
PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN (POL)
Sales Engineer Professional
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
7360 ISAM POL HW CONFIGURATION** TAC42112 1/2d C E
7360 ISAM POL BASIC GPON CONFIGURATION** TAC42113 1/2d C E
7360 ISAM POL L2 SERVICE CONFIGURATIONS** TAC42114 2d C E
**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact
our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the
start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first
day of class.
Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must first successfully complete the Sales Engineer Specialist
curriculum.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
64
PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN (POL)
Sales and Sales Engineer Optional Training * Optional
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
7360 ISAM POL HW CONFIGURATION** TAC42112 1/2d C E
7360 ISAM POL BASIC GPON CONFIGURATION** TAC42113 1/2d C E
7360 ISAM POL L2 SERVICE CONFIGURATIONS** TAC42114 2d C E
7360 ISAM POL ADVANCED CONFIGURATIONS** TAC42116 1d C E
5520 AMS DESCRIPTION* TAC60009W 45min W E
FBA ELEMENT MANAGEMENT INTRODUCTION* TAC60022W 45min W E
PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN SOLUTION INTRODUCTION* TAC60042W 30min W E
POL FIBER CONCEPTS AND PRINCIPLE * TAC60049W 45min W E
MARKET OVERVIEW: PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN FOR
ENTERPRISE, INDUSTRY AND PUBLIC SECTOR* TAC60057W 30min W E
**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact
our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the
start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first
day of class.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
65
PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN (POL)
Field Technician
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
ESD AND CALIBRATION LMQ114W 30min W E
7360 ISAM POL HW CONFIGURATION** TAC42112 1/2d C E
7360 ISAM POL BASIC GPON CONFIGURATION** TAC42113 1/2d C E
PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN SOLUTION INTRODUCTION TAC60042W 30min W E
5571 POL COMMAND CENTER INTRODUCTION TAC60047W 30min W E
PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN SYSTEM OVERVIEW AND ARCHITECTURE TAC60048W 30min W E
ISAM POL HW INSTALLATION TAC60050W 45min W E
**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact
our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the
start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first
day of class.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
66
PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN (POL)
Network Integration Engineer * Optional
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
ESD AND CALIBRATION LMQ114W 30min W E
7360 ISAM POL HW CONFIGURATION** TAC42112 1/2d C E
7360 ISAM POL BASIC GPON CONFIGURATION** TAC42113 1/2d C E
7360 ISAM POL L2 SERVICE CONFIGURATIONS** TAC42114 2d C E
7360 ISAM POL TROUBLESHOOTING** TAC42115 1d C E
7360 ISAM POL ADVANCED CONFIGURATIONS* TAC42116 1d C E
5571 POL COMMAND CENTER INTRODUCTION TAC60047W 30min W E
PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN SYSTEM OVERVIEW AND ARCHITECTURE TAC60048W 30min W E
ISAM POL HW INSTALLATION TAC60050W 45min W E
**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact
our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the
start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first
day of class.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
67
PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN (POL)
Technical Support Level 1
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
HOW TO OPEN A TICKET AT NOKIA SMAABAG-W-
1801 15min W E
7360 ISAM POL HW CONFIGURATION** TAC42112 1/2d C E
7360 ISAM POL BASIC GPON CONFIGURATION** TAC42113 1/2d C E
5571 POL COMMAND CENTER INTRODUCTION TAC60047W 30min W E
PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN SYSTEM OVERVIEW AND ARCHITECTURE TAC60048W 30min W E
POL FIBER CONCEPTS AND PRINCIPLES TAC60049W 45min W E
ISAM POL HW INSTALLATION TAC60050W 45min W E
**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact
our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the
start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first
day of class.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
68
PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN (POL)
Technical Support Level 2
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
7360 ISAM POL L2 SERVICE CONFIGURATIONS** TAC42114 2d C E
7360 ISAM POL TROUBLESHOOTING** TAC42115 1d C E
7360 ISAM POL ADVANCED CONFIGURATIONS** TAC42116 1d C E
**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact our
Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the start
date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first day of
class.
Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must first successfully complete the Technical Support Level 1
curriculum.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
69
PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN (POL)
Technical Optional Training * Optional
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
INTRODUCTION TO IPV6 IN FIXED ULTRA-BROADBAND ACCESS* TAC42098W 45min W E
7360 ISAM POL L2 SERVICE CONFIGURATIONS** TAC42114 2d C E
7360 ISAM POL TROUBLESHOOTING** TAC42115 1d C E
7360 ISAM POL ADVANCED CONFIGURATIONS** TAC42116 1d C E
IP / ETHERNET DEMYSTIFICATION PART 1* TAC60032W 4h W E
IP / ETHERNET DEMYSTIFICATION PART 2* TAC60033W 2h W E
7360 PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN SOLUTION INTRODUCTION* TAC60042W 30min W E
POL FIBER CONCEPTS AND PRINCIPLES* TAC60049W 45min W E
**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact
our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the
start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first
day of class.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
70
NUAGE
Sales Associate
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
NOKIA AND PARTNERS - OPPORTUNITIES TOGETHER TBU00071W 15min W E
GPP DEAL REGISTRATION TRAINING FOR PARTNERS TBU31159W 30min W E
PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE
SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
71
NUAGE
Sales Engineer Specialist
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE
SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E
SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKING WITH NUAGE NETWORKS VSP ER00696-K 3h30min W E
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
72
NUAGE
Sales Engineer Professional * Optional
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
Prerequisite - Nuage Sales Engineer Specialist certification
Pick 1 of NNP SD-DC certification or NNP SD-WAN certification
NNP SD-DC certification
NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED CLOUD SERVICES (VCS)
FUNDAMENTALS** TTP36005 5d C
Nuage Networks Cloud Services (VCS) Fundamentals EXAM 4A0-N01 E
NNP SD-WAN certification
NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED NETWORK SERVICES (VNS)
FUNDAMENTALS** TTP36009* 4d C
Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS)
Fundamentals EXAM 4A0-N02 E
**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact
our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the
start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first
day of class.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
73
NUAGE
Software Installation
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED SERVICES PLATFORM (VSP)
SOFTWARE INSTALLATION** TTP36006 4d C
Nuage Networks Virtualized Services Platform (VSP) Software
Installation LAB EXAM NNIS-LE E
**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact
our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the
start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first
day of class.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
74
NUAGE
Network Integration Engineer * Optional
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
Pick 1 of NNE SD-DC certification or NNE SD-WAN certification
NNE SD-DC
NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED CLOUD SERVICES (VCS)
FUNDAMENTALS** TTP36005 5d C
Nuage Networks Cloud Services (VCS) Fundamentals EXAM 4A0-N01 E
NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED SERVICES PLATFORM (VSP)
SOFTWARE INSTALLATION** TTP36006 4d C
Nuage Networks Virtualized Services Platform (VSP) Software
Installation LAB EXAM NNIS-LE E
NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED CLOUD SERVICES (VCS)
OPERATIONS** TTP36007 3d C
Nuage Networks Virtualized Cloud Services (VCS) Operations
EXAM 4A0-N03 E
NNE SD-DC LAB EXAM NNESDDC-LE E
NNE SD-WAN
NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED NETWORK SERVICES (VNS)
FUNDAMENTALS** TTP36009* 4d C
Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS)
Fundamentals EXAM 4A0-N02 E
NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED SERVICES PLATFORM (VSP)
SOFTWARE INSTALLATION** TTP36006 4d C
Nuage Networks Virtualized Services Platform (VSP) Software
Installation LAB EXAM NNIS-LE E
Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS) Operations ER-00624-V1711 4d C
Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS) Operations
EXAM 4A0-N07 E
NNE SD-WAN LAB EXAM NNESDWAN-LE E
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
75
NUAGE
Technical Support Level 1 * Optional
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
HOW TO OPEN A TICKET AT NOKIA SMAABAG-W 30min W E
Pick 1 of VCS L1 Bundle OR VNS L1 Bundle
VCS L1 Bundle
NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED CLOUD SERVICES (VCS)
FUNDAMENTALS** TTP36005 5d C E
Nuage Networks Virtualized Cloud Services (VCS) Fundamentals
EXAM 4A0-N01
NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED CLOUD SERVICES (VCS)
OPERATIONS** TTP36007 3d C E
Nuage Networks Virtualized Cloud Services (VCS) Operations
EXAM 4A0-N03
VNS L1 Bundle
NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED NETWORK SERVICES (VNS)
FUNDAMENTALS** TTP36009* 4d C
Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS)
Fundamentals EXAM 4A0-N02 E
Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS) Operations ER-00624-V1711 4d C
Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS) Operations
EXAM 4A0-N07 E
**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact
our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the
start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first
day of class.
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
76
NUAGE
Technical Support Level 2
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
Prerequisite - Nuage Technical Support Level 1 certification
Pick 1 of [NNE SD-DC certification + Adv VCS] or [NNE SD-WAN certification + Adv VNS]
NNE SD-DC certification + Advanced VCS
NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED CLOUD SERVICES (VCS)
FUNDAMENTALS** TTP36005 5d C
Nuage Networks Virtualized Cloud Services (VCS) Fundamentals
EXAM 4A0-N01 E
NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED SERVICES PLATFORM (VSP)
SOFTWARE INSTALLATION** TTP36006 4d C
Nuage Networks Virtualized Services Platform (VSP) Software
Installation LAB EXAM NNIS-LE E
NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED CLOUD SERVICES (VCS)
OPERATIONS** TTP36007 3d C
Nuage Networks Virtualized Cloud Services (VCS) Operations
EXAM 4A0-N03 E
NNE SD-DC LAB EXAM NNESDDC-LE E
NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED SERVICES PLATFORM (VSP) –
ADVANCED NETWORKING** TTP36008 4d C
Nuage Networks Virtualized Services Platform (VSP) – Advanced
Networking EXAM 4A0-N05 E
NNE SD-WAN certification + Advanced VNS
NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED NETWORK SERVICES (VNS)
FUNDAMENTALS** TTP36009 4d C
Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS)
Fundamentals EXAM 4A0-N02 E
NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED NETWORK SERVICES (VNS) –
ADVANCED TOPICS** TTP36010 3d C E
Nuage Networks Virtualized Services Platform (VSP) Software
Installation LAB EXAM NNIS-LE E
Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS) Operations ER-00624-V1711 4d C
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
77
Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS) Operations
EXAM 4A0-N07 E
NNE SD-WAN LAB EXAM NNESDWAN-LE E
Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS) – Advanced
Topics TTP36010 3d C
Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS) – Advanced
Topics EXAM 4A0-N06 E
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
78
SERVICE DESK CLERK
Customer Service Desk Clerk
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
CUSTOMER SERVICE DESK CLERK SMAAAJG-W 30min W E
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
79
SERVICES
Sales Representative
COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM
REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY
PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE
SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E
80
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
C O U R S E D E S C R I P T I O N S
81
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA AND PARTNERS - OPPORTUNITIES TOGETHER
Course Number TBU00071W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 20min
Description
This course covers the relationship of Nokia and their Partners.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
82
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
VDSL2 EXPERT WORKSHOP
Course Number 3FL00452AAAAZZZZA
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 2.5d
Description Overall Description:
Interactive group training session with guided & self-guided hands-on requiring much
involvement of the attendees for sharing their different experiences on the topic. We aim
at providing more in depth knowledge, gaining new ideas and practice on field usable
scenarios of the VDSL2 access technology.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to :
• Know where to position VDSL2.
• Be able to list the relevant standards for VDSL2.
• Describe the different band plans and profiles of VDSL2.
• Explain impulse noise and rate adaptation mechanisms.
• Explain the forward error mechanisms used in VDSL2.
• Understand VDSL2 Initialization.
• Understand Spectral Management within VDSL2.
• Describe the purpose and use of Upstream and Downstream Power Back Off.
• Understand what virtual noise is used for.
• List the parameters being measured by DELT
• Understand and use the configurable parameters in the VDSL2 profiles.
• Be able to configure the profiles for VDSL2 and bring up a VDSL2 port.
• Understand the operational, oam and performance monitoring data.
Course Outline:
• DSL refresh
• VDSL2 basics
• VDSL2 advanced
• multi pair bonding
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
*
83
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA SCALABLE IP NETWORKS
Course Number 3FL30632AAAAZZZZA
Delivery Type InstructorLed Training – 4d
Description Overall Description:
As the starting point in Nokia Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program, the Nokia Scalable IP
Networks course is designed for students with limited knowledge of IP and Ethernet technology.
Upon successful completion of this course, students should be familiar with the basics of TCP/IP,
routing, routing protocols, IP addressing, Ethernet and services.
Course Objectives:
After completing the course, students should be able to:
• Understand the transmission control protocol/Internet protocol (TCP/IP) suite
• Identify the key functions of the Ethernet protocol
• Identify the key functions of an IP network, including address classes, IP subnet masks, subnet
calculations and utilities
• Configure IP addresses and subnet masks on router interfaces and verify addressing on an
operational network
• Configure and verify static and default routes, routing information protocol (RIP), open shortest
path first (OSPF), and basic border group protocol (BGP) routing on a network
• Understand the concepts of autonomous systems, exterior and interior BGP
• Understand the workings of a distance vector protocol (e.g., RIP) and link state protocols (e.g.,
OSPF)
• Understand the Nokia 7750 Service Router (SR) and Nokia 7450 Ethernet Service Switch (ESS)
and the command line interfaces
• Understand the mechanism of TCP
Course Outline:
Module 1 Internet Overview
Module 2 Introduction to the Nokia 7750 SR and Nokia 7450 ESS
Module 3 Layer 2 Overview
Module 4 IP Layer
Module 5 Transport Layer Overview
Module 6 IP Routing
Module 7 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) Overview
Module 8 BGP Overview
Module 9 Services Overview
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
• Basic knowledge of networking and IP
• Experience with binary numbers
84
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
Required
Equipment
None
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA INTERIOR ROUTING PROTOCOLS
Course Number 3FL30633AAAAZZZZA
Delivery Type InstructorLed Training – 5d
Description Overall Description:
In this comprehensive course, students examine the intricacies of standardsbased routing
protocols, such as open shortest path first (OSPF) and intermediate systemtointermediate
system (ISIS). The Nokia Interior Routing Protocols course analyzes and compares these routing
protocols, highlighting their valuable insights into the design decisions necessary for the
successful implementation of these protocols in largescale, serviceoriented networking
infrastructures for mobile, managed communication and triple play networks.
Course Objectives:
After completing the course, students should be able to:
• Demonstrate a basic overall understanding of link state
protocols
• Express a basic overall understanding of IP routing design
• Describe the various routing protocol databases (routing, forwarding and link
state)
• Demonstrate an understanding of route redistribution and route filter policies
• Create and verify the successful operation of static and default routes
• Explain the basic operations of OSPF, and ensure the successful implementation and
operability of OSPF in a network
• Configure OSPF in basic and complex network topologies
• Explain the basic operations of ISIS, and ensure the successful implementation and operability
of ISIS in a network
• Define the differences between ISIS and OSPF
• Verify OSPF operations and troubleshoot OSPF routing issues
• Configure a complex network utilizing a combination of OSPF and ISIS
Course Outline:
Module 1 IP Routing Review
Module 2 Static Routing and Default Routes
Module 3 Dynamic Routing Protocols
Module 4 Open Shortest Path First
Module 5 Intermediate SystemtoIntermediate System
Module 6 Route Redistribution
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
• Nokia Scalable IP Networks course
• Solid IP networking experience
• Ethernet and basic WAN protocol knowledge
85
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
Required
Equipment
None
86
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA MULTIPROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING
Course Number 3FL30635AAAAZZZZA
Delivery Type InstructorLed Training – 5d
87
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
Description Overall Description:
This course covers multiprotocol label switching (MPLS) concepts, terminology, signaling protocols,
design considerations such as resiliency, and the implementation, monitoring and basic
troubleshooting of an MPLS network. Successful completion of the Nokia Multiprotocol Label
Switching course will enable students to demonstrate a good understanding of MPLS and the
establishment of label switched paths (LSPs) using either label distribution protocol (LDP) or
resource reservation protocol (RSVP) and resource reservation protocol with traffic engineering
(RSVPTE).
Course Objectives:
After completing the course, participants should be able to :
• Explain the basic concepts of MPLS technology such as forwarding equivalence classes
(FECs), labels and label stacks, label distribution, LSPs and MPLS packet forwarding
• Describe the MPLS header structure and explain the label operations of pop, push and swap
• List the characteristics of different label distribution protocols and compare them
• Explain how LDP works to distribute labels for FECs and establish LSPs
• Describe traffic engineering and its advantage in an MPLS network
• Identify the traffic engineering extensions made to the IGP routing protocols and understand
how they are used with CSPF to establish traffic engineered LSPs
• Discuss the use of IGP nexthop lookups using LDP and RSVP
• Demonstrate how RSVPTE is used to establish traffic engineered LSPs using RSVP signaling
messages to distribute labels, specify constraints for the LSP and request LSP protection
mechanisms
• Describe the concept of a Shard Link Risk Group (SRLG) and its use in traffic engineering
• State the purpose of using LDP over RSVP tunnels to provide traffic engineering in a
hierarchical network
• Configure an MPLSbased core network using LDP, RSVPTE and LDP over RSVP
• List the various LSP protection mechanisms (Secondary/Standby LSP, fast reroutes)
• Compare and contrast the onetoone and facility bypass protection mechanisms in fast
reroute
• Configure RSVPTE LSPs using each of the possible protection mechanisms
• Understand how to manage, monitor and perform basic troubleshooting of LDPestablished
LSPs on the Nokia 7750 Service Router (SR) and Nokia 7450 Ethernet Service Switch (ESS)
• Understand how to manage, monitor and perform basic troubleshooting of RSVPTE
established LSPs on the Nokia 7750 SR and Nokia 7450 ESS
Course Outline:
Module 1 MPLS Introduction
Module 2 MPLS Fundamentals
Module 3 MPLS Label Distribution Protocol
Module 4 RSVP
Module 5 Traffic Engineering
Module 6 Resiliency
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
88
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA MULTIPROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING - CONTINUED
Course Number 3FL30635AAAAZZZZA (cont’d)
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Nokia Scalable IP Networks and Nokia Interior Routing Protocols and High Availability
courses are recommended.
Required
Equipment None
89
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA SERVICES ARCHITECTURE
Course Number 3FL30636AAAAZZZZA
Delivery Type InstructorLed Training – 4d
Description Overall Description:
The Nokia Services Architecture course is an introduction to Nokia's concept of the
implementation of services. Students are walked through the steps for deploying virtual private
network (VPN) and residential services in a service provider's multiprotocol label switching (MPLS)
network. Various services supported in the Nokia service routing portfolio are covered in this
course Internet enhanced service (IES), virtual private wire service (VPWS) and virtual private LAN
service (VPLS).
Course Objectives:
After completing the course, participants should be able to :
• Demonstrate a basic overall understanding of Nokia services
• Differentiate between service access point (SAP) and network ports
• Provide an explanation for a service delivery platform (SDP) and differentiate between mesh
and spoke SDPs
• Differentiate between transport tunnels and service tunnels
• Correctly analyze the implications of maximum transmission unit (MTU) size
• Use the correct operations, administration and maintenance (OAM) tools to analyze a
configured system
• Correctly define the terms related to VPWS services such as Epipe, Apipe, Fpipe, and Ipipe
• Correctly configure an Epipe, Apipe, Fpipe and Ipipe service
• Manage Epipe, Apipe, Fpipe and Ipipe services given an existing infrastructure including
modifying, deleting, disabling, reenabling, and creating these services
• Understand the issues related to VPWS interworking
• Correctly define and configure an enhanced Internet service
• Identify reasons to use mirror services and differentiate between local and distributed mirror
services
• Configure both local and distributed mirror services
• Identify which traffic to mirror
• Define and correctly use mirror slicing
• Define the term high availability (HA) within the Nokia context
• Differentiate between software and hardware HA
• Identify the router architecture components that contribute to HA
Course Outline:
Module 1 Services Overview
Module 2 Introduction to Multiservice Edge Services
Module 3 Introduction to Internet Enhanced Services
Module 4 VPWS Interworking
Module 5 Mirroring Services
Module 6 High Availability
90
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA SERVICES ARCHITECTURE - CONTINUED
Course Number 3FL30636AAAAZZZZA (cont’d)
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Nokia Scalable IP Networks, Nokia Interior Routing Protocols and Nokia Multiprotocol Label
Switching courses are recommended.
Required
Equipment
None
91
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA FUNDAMENTALS OF OPTICAL NETWORK DESIGN EXAM
Course Number 4A0250
Delivery Type EXAM – 1h
Description Overall Description:
This exam will demonstrate that the learning objectives were met.
For details on the related learning refer to the respective course descriptions.
Course Outline:
The exam covers the following learning:
• TOP00004V_V1.0
The exam is organized and proctored by a Third Party.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
The learning covered by the exam
Required
Equipment
None
92
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA ADVANCED OPTICAL NETWORK DESIGN EXAM
Course Number 4A0255
Delivery Type EXAM – 2h
Description Overall Description:
This exam will demonstrate that the learning objectives were met.
For details on the related learning refer to the respective course descriptions.
Course Outline:
The exam covers the following learning:
• TOP00005V_V1.0
The exam is organized and proctored by a Third Party.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
The learning covered by the exam
Required
Equipment
None
93
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA OPTICAL DIAGNOSTICS & TROUBLESHOOTING EXAM
Course Number 4A0265
Delivery Type EXAM – 2h
Description Overall Description:
This exam will demonstrate that the learning objectives were met.
For details on the related learning refer to the respective course descriptions.
Course Outline:
The exam covers the following learning:
• TOP00007V
The exam is organized and proctored by a Third Party.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
The learning covered by the exam
Required
Equipment
None
94
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
ESD AND CALIBRATION
Course Number LMQ114W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
Webbased initial certification and recertification for basic user ESD and Test
Equipment Calibration. Note that there are translated PDF versions included
for your reference and convenience.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
95
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
DEPLOYMENT CERTIFICATION FOR PARTNERS IN NAR
Course Number TOP00017W
Delivery Type InstructorLed Training – 2d/4d EXAM – 1d
Description Overall Description:
The 9500 MPRA certification course is designed to provide accelerated learning and deliver
installation and test (I&T) competencies to qualified participants in a relatively short amount of
time. Participating students shall also be provided with a thorough understanding of provisioning
and configuring the Nokia 9500 MPRA. This course can be tailored to spend more time on
'project specific' configurations for a known upcoming project opportunity or the course can
generally cover provisioning and configuring of various sorts of networks (linear, ring, cluster,
star, etc). This course is provided in a controlled networked lab environment and shall consist of
lecture time, as well as hands on instruction.
Notes:
• Those taking this course need to refer to the “prologue” and the instructions
• The participants will need to take and pass a written and practical exam on the last day of this
course in order to be considered certified
Course Objectives:
Upon successful completion of this course, the participants will be able to:
• Understand site grounding standards and techniques as they apply to indoor and outdoor
radio installations
• Install the 9500 MPR in accordance with standards outlined in the Nokia Radio Installation
handbook
• Configure and provision the 9500 MPRA series radio
• Troubleshoot the 9500 MPRA series radio to include all current board releases and standards
ANSI and ETSI
• Demonstrate intermediate level competency by scoring 80% or better on the classroom post
assessment and hands on practical assessment
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Before attending the course, the field technician participants should be familiar with the
following:
• Basic Radio installation standards and techniques
• Basic Microwave Radio transmission line components and nomenclature
• TWT18014W
Required
Equipment
None
96
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
INSPECT-CLEAN-INSPECT-CONNECT (ICIC) PROCESS (VIDEO)
Course Number OAP00050W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
This short video provides an overview of the InspectCleanInspectConnect (ICIC).
This process uses a video microscope and testing software which allows a technician
to make a visual verification and a physical test to ensure fiber connections are clean
and free from defects.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to understand the importance of
fiber cleaning in optics networks.
Course Outline:
• Explanation of ICIC process
• Explanation of Cleaning Equipment and Cleaning Software
• Reference to further ICIC documentation
Certification Requirements:
None
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
97
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7950 XRS INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING - SITE PREPARATION
Course Number PLE07168M
Delivery Type SelfStudy – 30min
Description Course Objectives:
• Identify rack requirements such as size, clearance, air space.
• Calculate power requirement per configuration.
• List necessary tools.
• Complete additional rack precautions (stabilizer etc.).
Course Outline:
1. System Specifications.
2. Power Consumption.
3. System Considerations.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
98
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7750 SR/7450 ESS INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING SITE PREPARATION
Course Number PLE07169M
Delivery Type SelfStudy – 30min
Description Course Objectives:
• Identify rack requirements such as size, clearance, air space.
• Calculate power requirement per configuration.
• List necessary tools.
• Complete additional rack precautions (stabilizer, etc.).
Course Outline:
1. System Specifications.
2. Required Tools and Materials.
3. Power Consumption.
4. Safety Considerations.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
99
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7705 SAR INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING - SITE PREPARATION
Course Number PLE07187M
Delivery Type SelfStudy – 30min
Description Course Objectives:
• Identify rack requirements such as size, clearance, air space.
• Calculate power requirement per configuration.
• List necessary tools.
Course Outline:
1. System Specifications.
2. Required Tools and Materials.
3. Power Consumption.
4. System Considerations.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
100
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7210 SAS INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING - SITE PREPARATION
Course Number PLE07188M
Delivery Type SelfStudy – 30min
Description Course Objectives:
• Identify rack requirements such as size, clearance, air space.
• Calculate power requirement per configuration.
• List necessary tools.
Course Outline:
1. System Specifications.
2. Required Tools and Materials.
3. Power Consumption.
4. System Considerations.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
101
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
5520 AMS INSTALLATION ADMINISTRATION
Course Number TAC03017
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training 2d
Description Overall Description:
The goal of the training is to describe and give understanding of the AMS Installation and
Administration. The training covers the description of the solution, the architecture, the basic
principle, terminology and the implementation. It is intended to customers as well as internal Nokia
employees. For Nokia employees, this training may serve as preparation to
AMS Installation and Administration Certification CNA level - CBIS related exam.
Course Objectives:
• Explain the architecture of the 5520 AMS
• Set up a 5520 AMS
• Install the AMS plug-ins
• Back up and restore the AMS server
• Locate and consult the log files
• Manage administrative settings
• Manage operational settings
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required Equipment None
102
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
VDSL2 ARQ & VECTORING EXPERT WORKSHOP
Course Number TAC03056
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 2.5d
Description Overall Description:
A workshop refers to a very interactive group training session with guided & self-guided hands-on
and requires much involvement of the attendees for sharing their different experiences on the
topics. We aim at providing more in depth knowledge, gaining new ideas and practice on field
usable scenarios. This training/workshop will provide in-depth information about VDSL2
vectoring.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Understand crosstalk and its effects.
• Explain the purpose of vectoring and what it is used for.
• Understand the vectoring concepts and their implementation.
• Understand the Nokia vectoring portfolio.
• Describe the vectoring initialization cycle.
• Explain different migration scenarios.
• Know how to set-up and configure a vectoring group and understand the effect of the different
configuration settings.
Course Content:
Section 1: Vectoring Expert Workshop
• G.inp
• vectoring intro
• vectoring advanced
• vectoring hands-on
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required Equipment None
103
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
VDSL2 ARQ & VECTORING EXPERT WORKSHOP – CONTINUED
Course Number TAC03056 (cont’d)
Description (cont’d) Note: where possible and available we'll include the use of a spectrum analyzer and the
Nokia 5530 Network Analyzer to visualize what happens on the VDSL2 vectored line.
Audience:
This course/workshop is meant for people who are familiar with VDSL2 already. This
workshop will provide indepth information about vectoring and aims expert job profiles.
The content can be further fine-tuned for the requirements of the audience. For example:
taking into account country local restrictions & design of the existing DSL access network.
Upfront discussions with customer and customization efforts are mandatory in that case.
By the end of the course, participants will be able to :
• Explain the concepts of G.INP (ARQ). Also known as RTX. (ITU G.998.4)
• Explain & configure the different configurable parameters in the RTX profile and XDSL
overrule
• Explain the concepts of G.vectoring (ITU G.993.5)
• Describe the Nokia equipment used to deploy vectoring.
• Configure & implement vectoring on your network
• Extra objectives to be set in upfront discussion with customer
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
The trainee must be experienced with VDSL2.
Required
Equipment
None
104
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
5529 IDM PRODUCT OVERVIEW
Course Number TAC03059W
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 45min
Description Overall Description:
This WBT is designed for those that need an introduction to 5529 IDM enhanced application for
5520 AMS.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Understand what the IDM is and what the added values for network operators are,
• Describe some of the features and characteristics of the 5529 IDM.
Course Outline:
Section 1: 5529 IDM Product Overview
• 5529 IDM Product Overview
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
105
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
5529 OAD PRODUCT OVERVIEW
Course Number TAC03060W
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
This WBT is designed for those that need an introduction to 5529 IDM enhanced application for
5520 AMS.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Understand what the IDM is and what the added values for network operators are,
• Describe some of the features and characteristics of the 5529 IDM.
Course Outline
Section 1: 5529 OAD Product Overview
• 5529 OAD Product Overview
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
106
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
ISAM HW INSTALLATION (AGGREGATE OF 9 MODULES)
Course Number TAC03065K
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 45min
Description This course is intended for people that need to understand how to install ISAM hardware.
Course Objectives:
By the end of this course, participants will be able to:
• Describe how to install ISAM Hardware.
• Install the 7302 FD16.
• Install the 7330 FD8
• Install the 7360 FX4.
• Install the 7360 FX8.
Course Outline:
• System and Power Specifications
• Shelf Mounting
• Mounting the Fan Unit
• Power Ground and Alarm Cabling
• Installing Boards
Audience:
Nokia employees, partners and customers
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
The trainee must have knowledge of telecommunications, basic electrical safety
standards, local safety regulations, and procedures.
Required
Equipment
None
107
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
ISAM VOICE PRODUCT OVERVIEW
Course Number TAC05021K
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 3h
108
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
Description Overall Description:
Trainees will learn about the ISAM voice product overview; Covering a VoIP overview,
Megaco and SIP architecture in the ISAM, an overview of all the ISAM equipment, the
ISAM elements that make up the ISAM voice and narrowband line testing. Note an
alternate instructor-led training TAC05021 also exists for this learning.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe the VoIP background of ISAM voice,
• Explain how VoIP is transmitted,
• Distinguish between MEGACO and SIP protocol,
• Understand the main key components in an IMS platform,
• Explain how the ISAM Voice package fits into the ISAM equipment practice,
• Describe the concepts of the ISAM MEGACO and SIP Voice architecture, and
• Describe narrowband line testing.
Course Outline:
Section 1: general
• Course Complete
• Lab Guide Student
• Course Introduction
Section 2: VoIP Overview
• ISAM VoIP Overview
Section 3: VoIP Equipment Practice
• ISAM Voice Equipment practice
Section 4: VoIP Architecture with Megaco
• ISAM VoIP Architecture with Megaco
Section 5: VoIP Architecture with SIP
• ISAM VoIP Architecture with SIP
Section 6: Voice NBLT
• ISAM Voice NBLT
• Demo NBLT via NA
• Demo NBLT via AMS
109
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302-7360 HIGH CAP NT ISAM/5520 AMS BASIC COMMISSIONING
Course Number TAC42047
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 1d
Description This course is intended for people that require knowledge on how to bring up an ISAM via
CLI & perform basic configuration and operation using the AMS.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to :
• Connect the ISAM with CLI and manage configuration, database information as an entry
level operator
• Prepare ISAM for the services in terms of equipment configuration
• Explain and configure iHUB basic functionality in the ISAM using CLI and AMS
• Describe services and traffic segregation on the iHUB
• Explain what a VPN service is
• Give an overview of the supported forwarding models
• Handle the alarm management application
Course Outline:
• CLI Introduction
• IHUB Basic configuration
• IHUB Turnup
• Equipment configuration
• Fault management
Audience:
This course is intended for people that require knowledge on how to bring up an ISAM &
perform basic configuration and operation of the AMS client. This course does not cover
the configuration of services / forwarding mechanisms in the ISAM.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
The trainee must have completed course TAC42045 prior to entering this course.
Required
Equipment None
110
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302-7330 ISAM DSL BASIC CONFIGURATION
Course Number TAC42048
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 1/2d
Description Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to :
• Understand the concepts of profiles used in the AMS to configure related xDSL lines.
• Configure profiles with baseline parameters.
• Download them to the ISAM.
Basic configurations:
This module focuses specifically on the basic configuration of xDSL lines. We start
provisioning an xDSL line by using xDSL profiles. We explain why these profiles are used
and where to create them (profiles at NE or templates at AMS). Once the line is configured
we might need an ATM termination point before we can set up the interworking function
(bridge port). For VDSL2 ports, there’s no ATM involved, but a bridge port needs to be
configured anyhow. The trainee will understand the different possible ports available in
the ISAM and where to find which kind of information. What is a port status? How is it
represented? How do you influence it? Through dedicated exercises, using AMS and/or
CLI, you will put this all into practice.
Audience:
This is an operator course. Trainees will learn how to perform a basic xDSL configuration
using CLI and AMS.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
The trainee must have a basic knowledge of ADSL and DSL flavours, Ethernet & IP basics,
and have followed course module TAC2046 or TAC2047.
Required
Equipment
None
111
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302-7360 ISAM GPON BASIC CONFIGURATION
Course Number TAC42049
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 1/2d
Description TAC42049 provides a basic understanding of PON technology and the information
needed to complete a basic PON configuration.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Explain which components are used in an optical relay system internal reflection,
transmitter, amplifier, receiver, splitter, ... ,
• Explain the basic properties of a passive optical network (PON),
• Describe the functions of the components present in a PON based
network,
• Describe the different standardizations in GPON and XGPON,
• Know the PON evolution,
• Describe the embedded OTDR,
• Correctly use basic PON terminology,
• Describe the different ways in provisioning an ONT and provision
an ONT,
• Manage the ONT Software.
Course Outline:
• Section 1: Technologies
GPON Technology
• Section 2: NE Operation
GPON Basic Configuration
Audience:
Those who need to understand PON technology and be able to configure PON equipment.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
To receive maximum benefit from this course, the student should have a background
in telecommunications theory, basic equipment maintenance practices, and the use of
personal computers and common test equipment. The student is expected to have
completed TAC42044, TAC42045, and TAC42047. The student could benefit by also
completing TAC60001W, TAC60008W, TAC60018W, and TAC60011W.
Required
Equipment
ISAM equipment and AMS manager
112
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302-7360 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT /5520 AMS – HIGH CAP L2 & PPPOX FORWARDING
Course Number TAC42051
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 2d
Description This is an operator course. Trainees will learn about L2 & PPPoX forwarding for 73027330 ISAM
High.Cap. NT 5520 AMS.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Explain Ethernet as a technology and elements of ethernet frames
• Understand VLANs (virtual local area network) and how they are supported by the Ethernet.
• Explain different ways to establish IP connectivity to access the Internet,
• Give an overview of the different forwarding modes that are available,
• Describe and Configure a L2 service onto the ISAM & interconnect of end users to the respective
L2 service for Residential Bridge and the different, Cross Connect modes
• Associate an RB or XC VLAN to a bridge port,
• Explain and enable virtual MAC addresses implementation,
• Describe Enhanced Intelligent Bridging and explain how it differs from plain Layer 2 forwarding,
• Retrieve Enhanced Intelligent Bridging data from the ISAM,
• Configure Enhanced Intelligent Bridging on the ISAM with AMS and CLI,
• Describe the different models for PPP handling in the ISAM,
• Describe and configure mirroring
Course Outline:
• Section 1: Technologies
• L2 Technology
• Layers Intro
• Section 2: NE Operation
• ISAM as a L2/iBridge
• IHUB L2 Forwarding
• Intelligent Brigding IACM
• Enhanced Intelligent Bridging • VMAC
• PPPoX Handling in ISAM
• ISAM as a L2CC
• Cross Connect IACM
• Section 3: Maintenace IHUB Mirroring
Audience:
This is an operator course. Trainees will learn about L2 & PPPoX forwarding for 73027330 ISAM
High.Cap. NT 5520 AMS.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
The trainee must have a basic knowledge of ADSL and DSL flavours; Ethernet & IP basics; and have
completed module TAC42048 or TAC42049.
113
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
Required Equipment ISAM High. Cap. equipment and AMS manager.
COURSE DETAILS
7302-7360 ISAM HIGH. CAP. NT: CONFIGURATION OF QOS, VIDEO (MC) AND VOIP FOR GPON DEPLOYMENTS
Course Number TAC42054
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 2.5d
Description This is an operation course. Trainees will learn how to configure QoS, video and voice for GPON
deployments in the 73027360 ISAM.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe the two main video services in Triple Play,
• Describe the network topology for these services,
• Describe the principles of video encoding,
• Describe how multicast fundamentally differs from other routing types, like unicast,
• Explain how we do multicast addressing, both on L3 and L2,
• Describe how IGMP is implemented in IACM and in IHUB,
• Configure the IGMP and multicast configuration in the ISAM,
• Explain the QoS concepts,
• Describe the QoS architecture on ISAM as well as on the IHUB,
• Create, configure, and retrieve QoS session profiles and apply them.
• Explain the properties of the SIP and MEGACO/H248 protocol
• Explain the different models of VoIP support in ISAM/GPON
• Configure a VoIP Service
Course Outline:
• Section 1: Technologies 1
• Video Service Intro
• Multicast Tech
• IGMP Tech
• Section 2: NE Operation IGMP_MC
• IACM IGMP MC
• IHUB IGMP MC
• Section 3: Technologies 2
QoS Tech
• Section 4: NE Operation QoS&VoIP
• IHUB QoS
• IACM GPON QoS
• IACM GPON VoIPONT
Audience:
This course is intended for people that require an advanced knowledge about how to
configure Video, QoS and voice for GPON deployments in the ISAM
114
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
The trainee must have completed the TAC42044, TAC42045, TAC42047, and TAC42051
courses.
Required
Equipment
ISAM equipment and AMS manager.
115
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302-7330-7360 ISAM SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT & PERFORMANCE MONITORING WITH 5520 AMS
Course Number TAC42055
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 1d
Description This course covers ISAM software management, Backup & Restore, SYSLOG, protocol tracing,
and performance monitoring using the 5520 AMS.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe how software management is done by the 5520AMS,
• Create an OSWP on 5520AMS,
• Download an OSWP to an NE,
• Overrule SW on a specific LT,
• Activate an OSWP on an ISAM,
• Commit an OSWP on an ISAM,
• Describe how database management is done,
• Retrieve an NE that has an active database container,
• Backup an NE, both direct and scheduled,
• Restore a backup to an NE,
• Activate the PM counters (xDSL PON and others) on an NE,
• Use the most common CLI commands & AMS for the PM,
• Explain the concept of Threshold Crossing Alarms (TCA),
• Explain what a protocol trace is and how to set one up,
• Explain the need for the SYSLOG server to collect tracing information,
• Configure the SYSLOG server and protocol tracing via CLI and AMS.
Course Outline:
Section 1: Maintenance
• NE SW Management
• Backup & Restore
• Performance Monitoring
• Syslog
Audience:
This is an operator course. Trainees will learn about Software Management, Backup & Restore,
Performance Monitoring and Syslog with the 5520 AMS for the ISAM.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
The trainee must have a basic knowledge of ADSL, GPON, DSL flavours and GPON Technology;
Ethernet & IP basics; and have completed modules TAC42049 and TAC42050.
Required
Equipment
ISAM equipment and AMS manager.
116
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302-7360 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT / 5520 AMS L2+ & L3 CONFIGURATIONS
Course Number TAC42057
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 1.5d
Description This is an operation course. Trainees will learn how to configure L3 forwarding on the ISAM. This
course covers Layer 3 technology basics, L3 routing protocols, L3 forwarding, DHCP, IHUB DHCP,
MPLS, and IHUB MPLS.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Explain how an IP Address looks and use IP Subnetting,
• Explain what a typical router does and how IP packets are forwarded by a router,
• Explain in general terms how ICMP and ARP help the IP forwarding process,
• Explain the difference between IGP and EGP,
• Explain the basic operation of RIP and the differences for RIPv2,
• Give a clear overview of the workings of Link State Protocols,
• Explain the use of areas in OSPF and areas in ISIS,
• Explain the basic mechanisms of BGP: eBGP and iBGP,
• Describe IP routing and explain why IP routing is layer 3 forwarding,
• Retrieve and configure IP routing on the ISAM (with AMS and CLI),
• Describe how the ISAM behaves when it is configured as a DHCP relay agent and when it is
not,
• Describe what MPLS is and why it is needed,
• Configure an MPLS forwarding on an IHUB.
Course Outline:
• Section 1: Technologies 1
• L3 Technology Basics
• L3 Technology Routing Protocols
• DHCP Tech
• Section 2: NE Operation L3
• L3 Forwarding
• IHUB DHCP Relaying
• Section 3: Technologies 2 MPLS Technology
• Section 4: NE Operation MPLS IHUB MPLS Configuration
Audience:
This course is intended for people that need to understand L2 & L3 routing and be able
to configure L3 and MPLS forwarding on an ISAM with IHUB.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
The trainee must have completed the TAC42044, TAC42045, TAC42047, and TAC42051 courses.
Required Equipment ISAM equipment and AMS manager.
117
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302-7360 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT / 5520 AMS REDUNDANCY CONFIGURATIONS
Course Number TAC42059
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 1/2d
Description This is an operator course. Trainees will learn about Redundancy Configurations for
73027330 ISAM High.Cap. NTs 5520 AMS.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (STP),
• Describe Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP),
• Describe Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP),
• Describe the most important xSTP parameters,
• Describe and configure Link Aggregation (LAG),
• Describe and compare the different scenarios for access resiliency (NT redundancy),
• Configure NT protection.
Course Outline:
• Section 1: Technologies
STP RSTP MSTP Tech
• Section 2: NE Operation
IHUB RSTP LAG NT Redundancy
Audience:
This is an operator course. Trainees will learn about Redundancy Configurations for
73027330 ISAM High.Cap. NT 5520 AMS.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
The trainee must have a basic knowledge of ADSL and DSL flavours; Ethernet & IP basics;
and have completed module TAC42051.
Required
Equipment
ISAM equipment and AMS manager.
118
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302-7330-735X ISAM XDSL ADVANCED CONFIGURATIONS
Course Number TAC42060
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 1d
Description This is an operation course. Trainees will learn advanced xDSL concepts and how to
configure (applying them) an xDSL line on the 73027330735x ISAM using the AMS and
CLIs commands.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to :
• Describe QAM and DMT
• Describe the different ADSL flavours
• Describe what is to be configured in the service and spectrum line profiles
• Compare the different rate adaptation modes
• Describe impulse noise protection and explain how it depends on D, S, R, N
• Describe which parameters influence the delay
• Explain how the different noise margins are used
• Describe the power backoff mechanisms (UPBO & DPBO)
• Describe how artificial noise can be used to stabilize ADSL, ADSL2 and ADSL2+ lines
• Configure the different XDSL profiles and apply them to a port
• Explain why vectoring is needed, how G.vector improves your current network
• Describe the G.inp concepts
Course Outline: XDSL Configuration
Audience:
This course is intended for people that require an advanced knowledge on how to
configure an XDSL line on the 73027330735x ISAM via the AMS and CLI.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
The trainee must have a basic knowledge of xDSL flavours, Ethernet & IP basics, and have
completed module TAC42050.
Required
Equipment
None
119
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302-7330-7360 ISAM PON ADVANCED FEATURES
Course Number TAC42061
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 2d
Description Overall Description:
TAC42061 explains the PON evolution, from the NGPON1 to the NGPON2 and XGS-
PON. It also describes the PON Redundancy and the ToD (IEEE1588) and how to
configure each one. Last, the embedded OTDR and its graphs are also explained and
lastly, it describes how to troubleshoot the PON.
Course Objectives:
By the end of this course, participants will be able to:
• Describe NG-PON1(XG-PON1&2), NG-PON2 and XGS-PON.
• Describe PON Redundancy.
• Configure PON Redundancy.
• Describe ToD (IEEE1588) for Mobile Backhauling.
• Configure ToD (IEEE1588) for Mobile Backhauling.
• Describe the embedded OTDR and its graphs.
• Describe how to troubleshoot the PON.
Course Outline:
Section 1: Technology
• PON Evolution
Section 2: Operation
• PON Reduncancy Configuration
• ToD IEEE1588 Configuration
Section 3: Theory
• Embedded OTDR
Section 4: Maintenance
• PON Troubleshooting
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
120
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7360 ISAM EPON DPOE BASIC CONFIGURATION
Course Number TAC42068
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 2d
Description Overall Description:
This course explains how DPoE can be configured on the 7360 ISAM.
Course Objectives:
By the end of this course, participants will be able to:
• Describe the DPoE Architecture
• Describe the DPoE Provisioning process flow
• Configure SNMP, CMTS events and trap management
• Identify DPoE related show and troubleshooting commands
• Identify DPoE Service Provisioning commands
• Identify features released from R5.0 onwards
Course Outline:
DPoE Basic Configuration
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
121
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
ISAM DELTA HIGH CAP. NT TO STD. NT BASIC COMMISSIONING
Course Number TAC42070
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 1/2d
Description This course is designed for students that have completed TAC42047 73027360 High
Cap. NT ISAM/5520 AMS – Basic Commissioning and now need to be able to commission
Std. Cap NT shelves.
Course Objectives:
• Explain and configure Service HUB basic functionality in the ISAM using CLI and AMS.
• Describe services and traffic segregation on SHUB
• Configure and turnup a new ISAM
• Configure the ISAM’s IPaddress
• Configure the network port and management VLAN
• Setup the SNMP management between 5520AMS and ISAM
• SHUB Basic Configuration
• SHUB Turnup Procedure
Course Outline:
• SHUB Basic Configuration
• SHUB Turn-up Procedure
Audience:
Personnel that are responsible for commissioning equipment, Nokia Engineers, or
Business Partners.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
To receive maximum benefit from this course, the student should have a background in
telecommunications theory and the use of personal computers. The student should
have also completed TAC42047 73027360 High Cap. NT ISAM/5520 AMS Basic
Commissioning.
Required
Equipment
None
122
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302-7360 ISAM NELT P2P ETH. QOS
Course Number TAC42079
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 1d
Description This course provides an overview of configuring the NELTB equipment, NT, and LT.
Course Objectives:
By the end of this course, participants will be able to:
• Explain how to configure NELTB Ethernet P2P using CLI and AMS.
• Describe the interfaces for UNI and NNI ports.
Course Content:
Ethernet Basic Configuration.
Audience:
The target audience is operators that need to know elementary concepts of NELTB P2P
technology in order to configure NELTB equipment.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
The trainee must have knowledge of telecommunications in general, and Ethernet in
particular.
Required
Equipment
None
123
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7330 ANSI XD HARDWARE OVERVIEW
Course Number TAC42083W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 45min
Description This hardware overview course describes the 7330 ISAM FTTN XD product and identifies
its shelf types, NT types and LT types.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
124
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
INTRODUCTION TO EPON AND DPOE
Course Number TAC42084W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 15min
Description Overall Description:
This WBT gives an overview of the EPON technology and how it is used in a DPoE
environment.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe basic PON terminology
• Explain the basic properties of a passive optical network
• Describe EPON Network topologies.
• Explain what DPoE is.
Course Outline:
Section: Introduction to EPON and DPoE
• Introduction to EPON and DPoE
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
125
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
EPON TECHNOLOGY OVERVIEW
Course Number TAC42085W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 45min
Description Overall Description:
This WBT gives an overview of the EPON technology.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe where EPON fit in the marketplace
• Describe EPON fundamentals
• Describe EPON Network topologies.
• Describe EPON Technology
• Describe EPON evolution
Course Outline:
Section: EPON Technology
• EPON technology
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
126
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
DPOE TECHNOLOGY OVERVIEW
Course Number TAC42086W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 15min
Description Overall Description:
This WBT gives an overview of the DPoE technology.
Course Objectives
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Explain what DPoE is
• Describe the IP High speed data service model
• Describe the MEF service model
• Describe the additional features from EPON for DPoE
Course Outline:
Section: DPoE Technology
• DPoE technology overivew
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
127
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
INTRODUCTION TO VDSL2 VECTORING
Course Number TAC42087W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 1h
Description Overall Description:
Vectoring is used to cancel the crosstalk we encounter in our copper bundle. On vectored
lines we have a +/ 90% gain in speed on our VDSL2 lines. This WBT is discussing the
Vectoring concept in our VDSL2 network.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, you will able to describe:
• What is crosstalk?
• Why do we need vectoring?
• What is vectoring?
• How is vectoring implemented?
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
128
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
INTRODUCTION TO IPV6 IN FIXED ULTRA-BROADBAND ACCESS
Course Number TAC42098W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 45min
Description Overall Description:
The training describes the features of IPv6 and its characteristics. You’ll be able to explain
how we got from IPv4 to IPv6 and the implementation of IPv6 in the ISAM family.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
129
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
INTRODUCTION TO FAST
Course Number TAC42099W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 45min
Description Overall Description:
This course introduces you to the basics of the FAST technology, its use-cases and its
implementation on the Broadband Access Portfolio.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Explain what FAST is,
• Explain why we need FAST,
• Explain what is happening in standardizing G.fast
• Describe use-cases for FAST.
• Explain how FAST is deployed.
Course Outline:
Section 1: Main
• Introduction to FAST
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
130
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NG-PON2 AN INTRODUCTION
Course Number TAC42102W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 45min
Description Overall Description:
This WBT provides an introduction of NG-PON2 and XGS-PON.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Explain why we need NG-PON2 and XGS-PON,
• Understand the basics of NG-PON2 and XGS-PON,
• Know what is being standardized in NG-PON2 and XGS-PON,
• Describe how NG-PON2 and XGS-PON will be used using Nokia's portfolio,
• How to deploy NG-PON2 and XGS-PON using Nokia’s portfolio.
Course Outline:
Section 1: PON
• NG-PON Introduction
Section : END OF COURSEWARE DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION (MAXIMUM 50 modules)
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
131
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
5529 SDC OVERVIEW
Course Number TAC42103W
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
This 30 minute WBT is designed for those that need know the features and characteristics
of the 5529 SDC and those who need to be introduced in the platform and dimensioning
of the 5529 SDC.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe the features and characteristics of the 5529 SDC,
• Identify use cases for the 5529 SDC,
• Explain the platform of the 5529 SDC,
• Define the dimensioning of the 5529 SDC.
Audience:
Nokia Engineers or Nokia Channel Partners
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
132
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
POL HW CONFIGURATION
Course Number TAC42112
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 1/2d
Description Overall Description:
This course explains the first steps to put an OLT in service. It covers CLI basics, OLT
turnup, basic equipment configuration and basic fault management.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Connect to the OLT with CLI, understand how to use CLI and manage the
configuration, database information as an entry level operator
• Describe the IHUB concepts, explain what a VPN service is, explain what kind of services
are supported by the IHUB and describe the supported forwarding models
• Turn-up a new OLT: configure the OLT IP-address, the network port, management
VLAN and interface, and the SNMP management between 5571 PCC and OLT
• Configure cards in the OLT with CLI or 5571 PCC
• Understand how to use the 5571 PCC to view alarms
Course Outline:
Section : General
• Course Complete
• Lab Access Document
• Course Introduction
Section 1: Configuration
• POL HW Configuration
Exam Online in NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
POL 7360 ISAM OLT + 5571 PCC training setup
133
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7360 ISAM POL BASIC GPON CONFIGURATION
Course Number TAC42113
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 1/2d
Description Overall Description:
This course explains the basic configuration of a PON port. How can the operator bring
an ONT online by using the 5571 PCC? Explanation of extra features such as ONT
Friendly Name and ONT Replacement.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Provision an ONT with the 5571 POL Command Center
• Upgrade ONT software with the PCC
• Configure ONT Friendly Names
• Configure PON Port Protection
• Understand how to do ONT Replacement
Course Outline:
Section: General
• Course Complete
• Lab Access Document
• Course Introduction
Section 1: Configuration
• POL Basic GPON Configuration
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
POL 7360 ISAM OLT + 7368 ISAM ONT + 5571 PCC training setup
134
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7360 ISAM POL L2 SERVICE CONFIGURATIONS
Course Number TAC42114
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 2d
Description Overall Description:
This course explains the Layer 2 Service Configurations with the POL Command Center. It
gives a basic explanation of GPON Quality of Service, and extensive background
information on IHUB L2 forwarding and on the IACM residential bridge and cross connect
VLANs.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Configure and use Services on the 5571 POL Command Center
• Describe Basic GPON QoS
• Explain OLT as a L2-iBridge, and Intelligent Bridging in the IACM
• Understand IHUB L2 Forwarding
• Explain OLT as a L2 Cross connect, and Cross connect IACM
Course Outline:
Section: General
• Course Complete
• Lab Access Document
• Course Introduction
Section 1: Configuration
• POL L2 Service Configurations
• POL L2 Background Information
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
POL 7360 ISAM OLT + 7368 ISAM ONT + 5571 PCC training setup
135
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7360 ISAM POL TROUBLESHOOTING
Course Number TAC42115
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 1d
Description Overall Description:
This course explains troubleshooting possibilities on the 7360 OLT by use of 5571 PCC
and CLI.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Use the 5571 POL Command Center troubleshooting section
• Understand where to find alarms in the 5571 POL Command Center
• Understand and configure mirroring
• Describe and configure syslog
• Explain and use several troubleshooting commands with CLI
• Understand OLT database backup and restore
Course Outline:
Section: General
• Course Complete
• Lab Access Document
• Course Introduction
Section 1: Configuration
• POL Troubleshooting
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
136
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7360 ISAM POL ADVANCED CONFIGURATIONS
Course Number TAC42116
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 1d
Description Overall Description:
This course explains some more advanced features of the OLT like NT redundancy, load
sharing and STP. There is an explanation on the underlying CLI configuration that is
created when services are created through the 5571 PCC. Furthermore there is an
optional part on Quality of Service in the 7360 OLT.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe NT redundancy and load-sharing
• Explain STP
• Understand the CLI configurations created by the 5571 PCC
• Optional: Understand QoS on IACM (GPON) and on FANT-F
Course Outline:
Section : General
• Course Complete
• Lab Access Document
• Course Introduction
Section 1: Configuration
• POL Advanced Configurations
• POL North Bound Interfaces
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
POL 7360 ISAM OLT + 7368 ISAM ONT + 5571 PCC training setup
137
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
FAST EXPERT WORKSHOP
Course Number TAC42120
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 2d
Description Overall Description:
Interactive group training session with guided & selfguided handson requiring much
involvement of the attendees for sharing their different experiences on the topic. We aim
at providing more in depth knowledge, gaining new ideas and practice on field usable
scenarios of the new “Fast Access to Subscriber Terminals” access technology.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Have an in depth understanding of the FAST technology as defined in G.9700, G.9701
and G.997.2
• Understand different use cases for FAST use and deployment
• Describe the equipment used to deploy FAST
• Explain the different configurable and operations parameters for FAST
• Configure and manage FAST
Course Outline:
Section 1: FAST
• Introduction
• Advanced
• Products
• Configuration
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
138
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
GPON EVOLUTION IN ACCESS TECHNOLOGY INTRODUCTION
Course Number TAC60001W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 45min
Description Overall Description:
This 45 minutes WBT is designed for those that need to understand how the GPON is used
in Access Networks and those who need to be introduced to GPON technology.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, you will become familiar with:
• Describe the (optical) components are used in a GPON (Gigabit Passive Optical Network)
• Describe the layout of a GPON, and summarize its characteristics
• Summarize the properties of a GPON system.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
139
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
DSL IN ACCESS NETWORKS TECHNOLOGY INTRODUCTION
Course Number TAC60002W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30 min
Description Overall Description:
This WBT introduces you to the basics of digital subscriber line technology as it is
used in broadband access network.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe what Digital Subscriber Line is
• Understand the main DSL features
• Describe the DSL technology evolution
Course Outline:
• TAC60002W V3.0 Ed2 DSL in Access Networks intro
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
140
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
ISAM IN NETWORKING AND THE EVOLUTION OF ACCESS INFRASTRUCTURE
Course Number TAC60003W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 45min
Description Overall Description:
This WBT provides an introduction to high speed broadband access. It explains the need
for high-speed broadband access networks, gives an overview of the evolution of fixed
broadband access to such networks and, highlights the role of ISAM in the evolution of
copper, fiber, and cable access networks.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Explain the need for high speed broadband access network,
• Explain the evolution of fixed access to support high speed broadband,
• Explain the role of ISAM in the evolution of copper, fiber, and cable access networks.
Course Outline:
Section 1: general
• Networking and the Evolution of Access Infrastructure
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
141
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
VOIP & PROTOCOLS OVERVIEW
Course Number TAC60004W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 1h
Description Overall Description:
This WBT is designed for those that need to understand the basics of VoIP and the
protocols and platform used in VoIP.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, you will be able to:
• Explain how VoIP is transmitted,
• Distinguish between MEGACO and SIP protocols,
• Identify the main key components in an IMS platform,
• Describe the VoIP architecture.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
142
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
MULTICAST AND IGMP BASICS
Course Number TAC60006W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
This WBT is designed for those that need to understand the basics of Multicast
Technology (MC) and IGMP.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Understand the need for Multicast,
• Describe the methods of Data Delivery (Unicast, Broadcast and Multicast),
• Describe the mapping IP Multicast to MAC,
• Explain what IGMP is used for,
• Describe the different IGMP versions,
• Differentiate between IGMP snooping and proxy.
Course Outline:
Section 1: Technologies
• Multicast and IGMP Basics
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
143
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
QOS BASICS
Course Number TAC60007W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
This 30 minute WBT is designed for those that need to understand the basics of Quality
of Service (QOS).
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe what Quality of Service (QoS) is and why it's needed,
• Explain the process steps of QoS (Classification, Marking, CAC, Policing,
Mapping and Queuing, Scheduling and Shaping).
Audience:
Nokia Engineers or Business Partners
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
144
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
GPON FIBER PRINCIPLES
Course Number TAC60008W
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 45min
Description This course will explain the basic fundamentals in using fiber as a transmission media
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Understand how fiber works; reflection, refraction, what is it made of,
• Identify the different fiber types, connectors and lambdas used,
• Explain the different components used in fiber transmission.
Audience: Any audience
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
145
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
5520 AMS DESCRIPTION
Course Number TAC60009W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 45min
Description Overall Description:
This 45 minutes WBT is designed for those that need an introduction to AMS. What is,
positioning in the network, connectivity to managed Network Elements and modular
architecture.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, you will become familiar with:
• Describe the features and characteristics of the 5520 AMS
• Explain features of the 5520 AMS GUI (Graphical User Interface)
• Define the 5520 AMS Network Configuration
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
146
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
GETTING STARTED WITH 5520 AMS
Course Number TAC60010W
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 30min
Description This 30 minutes WBT is designed for those that need to work AMS. The module introduces
the graphical interface and basic operational tasks.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Explain and run the steps needed for installation.
• Navigate through the GUI.
• Bring an ISAM under AMS management.
Course Outline:
Section 1: Getting started with 5520 AMS
• Getting started with 5520 AMS
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
147
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
STP RSTP MSTP PROTOCOL INTRODUCTION
Course Number TAC60012W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
This 30-minute WBT will explain the basic fundamentals in the STP RSTP and MSTP
protocols.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe the STP concepts such as Bridge Ids, Root Selection, Port States,
• Describe the RSTP concepts such as the Port States and Topology change
behavior,
• Describe the MSTP concepts such as VLAN instances and Regions.
Audience:
Nokia Engineers or Business Partners
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
148
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
ISAM FD EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW
Course Number TAC60013W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
This 75 minute WBT will give an introduction of the product ISAM FD with its type of
boards.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, you will become familiar with:
• Describe an FD product overview
• Describe and list its shelf types,
• Describe and list its NT types,
• Describe and list its NT Input/output types,
• Describe and list its LT types,
• Describe and list its Splitter types,
• Describe its Voice Server,
• Describe the NT redundancy and the Load Sharing,
• Describe the LAG (Link Aggregation Group) in the ISAM FD,
• Describe the STP, RSTP, MSTP and MCRing in the ISAM FD,
• Resiliency based in MPLS
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
149
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
DSL FEATURES AND CONCEPTS
Course Number TAC60014W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 45min
Description Overall Description:
Explains the different DSL flavors, their main features and the concepts behind them.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• List the DSL standards,
• Describe the DSL flavors,
• Explain their main features, and
• Understand their differences
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
150
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
DSL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY
Course Number TAC60015W
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 30min
Description This 30-minute WBT is designed for those that need to understand DSL modulation
technology.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe the theoretical and physical restrictions of DSL.
• Explain DSL modulation.
• Describe Bit Swapping.
Audience: Any audience
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
151
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
ISAM FX EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW
Course Number TAC60016W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
This 30-minute WBT provides an introduction of the ISAM FX product line and boards.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, you will become familiar with:
• Describe the FX product.
• Describe and list the FX shelf types.
• Describe and list the FX NT type.
• Describe and list the FX NT Input/output type.
• Describe and list the FX LT types,
• Describe the NT redundancy and Load Sharing.
• Describe the LAG (Link Aggregation Group) in the ISAM FX,
• Describe the STP, RSTP, MSTP and MCRing in the ISAM FX,
• Describe Resiliency based on MPLS.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
152
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
LACP & LAG EXPLAINED
Course Number TAC60017W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 15min
Description Overall Description:
This 15-minute WBT will explain what the link aggregation is and how it has to be
configured.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe a link aggregation,
• Configure a LAG.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
153
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
FIBRE ACCESS FEATURE AND CONCEPTS
Course Number TAC60018W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
This 1/2h course explains the (optical) components used in a GPON (Gigabit Passive
Optical Network). It also describes the layout of a GPON and summarize its
characteristics. The focus is on fiber technology and the evolution of the passive optical
networks.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe the concepts of fiber access
• Understand the GPON transmission technology and physical layer
• Understand the evolution of the standards for GPON
• Understand the GPON supervision and troubleshooting options
Content:
Section 1: Features and concepts
GPON Fiber access features and concepts
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
154
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
HOME DEVICES OVERVIEW
Course Number TAC60019W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
This 30-minute WBT will explain the different types of ONTs and CPEs available.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe the different home devices
• Know the possible interfaces for WAN and LAN
• Know the different functions and their implementations
• Understand the naming convention
• Understand the management options
Course Outline:
Section 1: general
• Home Devices overview
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
155
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
ISAM MICRO-NODES EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW
Course Number TAC60020W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 45min
Description Overall Description:
This 35-minute will explain the different types of micro-nodes.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Provide an overview of the different options for remote deployment
• Explain the characteristics of 7353 ISAM FTTB ONU and 7353 CX
• Explain the characteristics of 7356 ISAM FTTB
• Explain the characteristics of 7362 ISAM DF
• Explain the characteristics of 7363 ISAM MX-6
• Explain the characteristics of 7367 ISAM family
• Explain the characteristics of the Lightspan family
• Explain MC2 customization
Course Outline:
Section 1: general
• ISAM Micro-nodes Equipment Overview
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
156
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
OVERVIEW OF THE ISAM FAMILY, REMOTES & ONT’S
Course Number TAC60021W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 1h
Description Overall Description:
This WBT gives an introduction of the ISAMs, micro-nodes, ONTs, and CPEs available in
Nokia.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Fit ISAM solutions into operators’ network and service evolution,
• Identify ISAM Central Office, Micro-Nodes, ONT and CPEs,
• Understand how ISAM helps operators address their challenges,
• Describe ISAM solutions and the context in which they are more suitable.
Course Outline:
• Overview of the ISAM family Remotes and ONTs
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
157
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
FBA ELEMENT MANAGEMENT INTRODUCTION
Course Number TAC60022W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 45min
Description Overall Description:
Introduction to the element management solution of the Fixed Networks broadband
access portfolio.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe and position the 5520 AMS,
• Describe and position the 5529 Enhanced Applications,
• Describe and position the Motive Network Analyzer and,
• Describe and position the POL Command Center.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
158
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302-7330 AND 7360 ISAM CAPABILITIES
Course Number TAC60031
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 5d
Description Overall Description:
The focus of this course is to explain the capabilities of the ISAM, it's features and
functions, not the configuration part. Configuration part is covered in other courses.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe the impact of a converged network on a typical data network
• Explain why we need the ISAM
• Describe the architecture of the ISAM FD Family
• Describe the ISAM family
• Provide an overview of the different options for remote deployment
• Describe the ISAM FX family
• Describe the value of the ISAM product family
• Describe the ISAM concepts - Physical layer – DSL – PON, forwarding models, video
capabilities, secure forwarding, SHUB, IHUB,QoS, PPP, DHCP.
• Describe the ISAM functions of:Software management,Fault management,Backup and
restore.
Course Outline:
Section 1: General
• Course Complete
• Lab Access Document
• Course Introduction
Section 2: Forwarding
• Layers Intro
• L2 Forwarding Intelligent Bridging
• Intelligent Bridging IACM
• L2 Forwarding Cross Connect
• Cross Connect IACM
• vMAC MAC and concepts
• Enhanced Intelligent Bridging
• PPPoX Handling In ISAM
• DHCP Features
• Std NT SHUB features
• HighCap NT IHUB features
• SHUB L2 Forwarding
159
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
160
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302-7330 AND 7360 ISAM CAPABILITIES
Course Number TAC60031
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 5d
Description Overall Description:
The focus of this course is to explain the capabilities of the ISAM, it's features and
functions, not the configuration part. Configuration part is covered in other courses.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe the impact of a converged network on a typical data network
• Explain why we need the ISAM
• Describe the architecture of the ISAM FD Family
• Describe the ISAM family
• Provide an overview of the different options for remote deployment
• Describe the ISAM FX family
• Describe the value of the ISAM product family
• Describe the ISAM concepts - Physical layer – DSL – PON, forwarding models, video
capabilities, secure forwarding, SHUB, IHUB,QoS, PPP, DHCP.
• Describe the ISAM functions of:Software management,Fault management,Backup and
restore.
Course Outline:
Section 1: General
• Course Complete
• Lab Access Document
• Course Introduction
Section 2: Forwarding
• Layers Intro
• L2 Forwarding Intelligent Bridging
• Intelligent Bridging IACM
• L2 Forwarding Cross Connect
• Cross Connect IACM
• vMAC MAC and concepts
• Enhanced Intelligent Bridging
• PPPoX Handling In ISAM
• DHCP Features
• Std NT SHUB features
• HighCap NT IHUB features
• SHUB L2 Forwarding
161
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
COURSE DETAILS
7302-7330 AND 7360 ISAM CAPABILITIES - CONTINUED
Course Number TAC60031W (cont’d)
Description Section 2: Forwarding (cont’d)
• IHUB L2 Forwarding
• SHUB DHCP Relaying
• IHUB DHCP Relaying
Section 3: Routing
• IPV4 and V6 overview
• Routing protocols overview
• L3 Forwarding Std NT
• L3 Forwarding High Cap NT
Section 4: Video
• What is IGMP
• What is multicast
• IACM IGMP MC
• SHUB IGMP MC
• IHUB IGMP MC
Section 5: QoS
• QoS Basics
• QoS Concepts and GPON Implementation
• ACL sessions and filters
• 3color2rate
Section 6: ISAM redundancy
• ISAM redundancy
Section 7: Management
• CLI and TL1 for ISAM
• Inband and outband management
• SNMP concepts and implementation
• AMS and Enhanced Management Suite
• Netconf
• ISAM and ONT software management
162
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
COURSE DETAILS
IP / ETHERNET DEMYSTIFICATION PART 1
Course Number TAC60032W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 4h
Description Overall Description:
This 4-hour WBT will present the IP/Ethernet Demystification Part 1.
Course Objectives:
In this course module, you will learn:
The overview of Layers and Protocols Stacks
• the different kind of networks
• the basic principles of data communication between hosts
• the high level "why" and "how" of layers and protocols
• the importance of addressing on different layers
• different ways to interconnect networks
The overview of Ethernet
• the high level "Why" and "What" of Ethernet
• where Ethernet is positioned in the TCP/IP protocol stack
• the basic concepts of Ethernet
• VLAN technology
The overview of TCP/IP Reference Model
• Identify the different layers in the TCP/IP protocol stack
• Learn the how and the what about the main protocols. Protocols being discussed are:IP
The overview of Networking
• The devices typically used when interconnecting networks
• The how and the why of bridging and routing
• The basics of loop avoidance within the LAN
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
163
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
Required
Equipment
None
164
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
IP / ETHERNET DEMYSTIFICATION PART 2
Course Number TAC60033W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 2h
Description Overall Description:
This WBT will present the IP/Ethernet Demystification Part 2.
Course Objectives:
In this course module, you will learn: Connecting your Client
• Learn what are the requirements for an enduser to be able to connect to the Internet
• Learn about the 2 main protocols that enables endusers to retrieve IP connectivity
information
PPP Point to Point Protocol
DHCP Dynamic Host Control Protocol
Course Outline: Introduction to DNS & NAT
DNS: Domain Name System understand why DNS is needed, be able to explain how DNS
works
• NAT: Network Address Translation understand what NAT/PAT is be able to explain it's
advantages and explain how NAT/PAT works
Introduction to MPLS
• about the drivers of MPLS
• how to get acquainted with some basic principles of MPLS
• to understand the benefits that MPLS can offer
Introduction to VPNs
• about the what and the why of VPNs
• the general architecture and topologies used in VPNs
• the different VPN services deliverable over an IP/MPLS network
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
165
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7360 PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN SOLUTION INTRODUCTION
Course Number TAC60042W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
The course provides an introduction to the Passive Optical LAN Solution. It describes what
the Passive Optical LAN (POL) is, why it is needed, what the typical deployments are, and
explains the Nokia Solution for POL.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Explain what POL is
• Understand why it is needed
• Understand the POL benefits, understand the differences with the traditional copper
based LAN
• Explain the Nokia POL solution
• Learn about typical deployments
Course Outline:
Section 1: Product Overview
• Passive optical LAN Solution introduction
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
166
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
ISAM GENERIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Course Number TAC60043W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 45min
Description Overall Description:
This course is designed for those that need to understand the ISAM in networking
and the Evolution of Access Infrastructure.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, you will become familiar with:
• Describe ISAM in the access network
• Explain the interfaces supported by ISAM for different services,
• Explain failure protection and redundancy in ISAM,
• List the management interfaces supported in ISAM.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
167
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
INTRODUCTION TO PRECISION TIME PROTOCOL WITH TOD
Course Number TAC60045W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description This course provides an overview of Precision Time Protocol with Time of Day,
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
The trainee must have knowledge of telecommunications in general, and Ethernet in
particular.
Required
Equipment
None
168
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
5571 POL COMMAND CENTER INTRODUCTION
Course Number TAC60047W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
This WBT provides an introduction to the 5571 POL Command Center.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Be informed on the 5571 PCC Installation
• Have learned about GUI access and PCC basics
• Have learned how to discover the OLT
• Understand how to create and apply services
• Understand ONT management
• Be able to describe where to find alarms
• Be informed on troubleshooting possibilities using the PCC
Course Outline:
Section 1: Description
• 5571 POL Command Center Introduction
Exam Online in the NLDH
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
169
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN SYSTEM OVERVIEW AND ARCHITECTURE
Course Number TAC60048W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
This WBT provides an overview of the OLT and ONT hardware, its building blocks,
Architecture & applications
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Understand the OLT system
• Describe ONT naming and specs
• Describe redundancy and link aggregation
Course Outline:
Section 1: Description
• Passive Optical LAN System Overview and Architecture
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
170
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
POL FIBER CONCEPTS AND PRINCIPLES
Course Number TAC60049W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 45min
Description Overall Description:
This course provides an overview of the GPON fundamentals, basics and principles.
Course Objectives:
By the end of this course, participants will be able to understand the GPON fundamentals,
basics and principles of fiber deployment.
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
171
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
ISAM POL HW INSTALLATION
Course Number TAC60050W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 45min
Description Overall Description:
This course is intended for people that need to understand how to install ISAM
hardware.
Course Objectives:
By the end of this course, participants will be able to:
• Describe how to install ISAM Hardware.
• Install the 7360 FX4
• Install the 7360 FX8
Course Outline:
• System and Power Specifications
• Shelf Mounting
• Mounting the Fan Unit
• Power Ground and Alarm Cabling
• Installing Boards
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
172
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
5529 INVENTORY DATA MANAGER (IDM) ADMINISTRATION
Course Number TAC60052W
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
The WBT explains the tasks required to administer the IDM application and the IDM’s
northbound interface.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe Northbound Interface OSS integration
• Describe the JMS Notification OSS integration
• Describe the IDM settings and access
Course Outline:
Section 1: 5529 IDM Administration
• 5529 IDM Administration
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
173
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
5529 SDC ADMINISTRATION
Course Number TAC60054W
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
The WBT explains the tasks to administer the SDC application.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe the SDC perspective
• Describe the SDC settings
Course Outline:
Section1: 5529 SDC Administration
• 5529 SDC Administration
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
174
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
5529 ACCESS PROVISIONING CENTER (APC) ADMINISTRATION
Course Number TAC60055W
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 45min
Description Overall Description:
The WBT explains the tasks required to administer the APC application.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe service provisioning
• Describe the log files
• Understand the system settings
• Explain performance monitoring
Course Outline:
Section 1: 5529 Access Provisioning Center (APC) Administration
• 5529 Access Provisioning Center (APC) Administration
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
175
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
FIXED ULTRA-BROADBAND MARKET AND TECHNOLOGY TRENDS
Course Number TAC60056W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30 min
Description Overall Description:
This course is intended for Partner employees that sell Fixed UltraBroadband Access
Networking Products. It provides an overview of the various markets addressed, an
introduction to the Fixed UltraBroadband Access portfolio of solutions and products and
guidance on how to position these solutions in the target markets.
Course Objectives:
By the end of this training package, participants will be able to:
• Understand the drivers for fixed access networks deployments
• Be familiar with fixed access market trends and technology evolution
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
176
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
MARKET OVERVIEW: PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN FOR ENTERPRISE, INDUSTRY AND PUBLIC SECTOR
Course Number TAC60057W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description Course Objectives:
By the end of this course, participants will be able to:
• Describe the Passive Optical LAN solution, what are its benefits or why it is needed.
• Describe the Nokia Passive Optical LAN solution
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment None
177
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
FIXED ULTRA-BROADBAND ACCESS SALES RESOURCES
Course Number TAC60058W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 15min
Description Overall Description:
This course package is intended for Partner employees that sell Fixed UltraBroadband
Access Networking Products. It provides an overview of the various markets addressed, an
introduction to the Fixed UltraBroadband Access portfolio of solutions and products and
guidance on how to position these solutions in the target markets.
Course Objectives:
By the end of this training package, participants will be able to:
• Identify the different ISAM types, including the different Remotes and the different
ONT types
• Understand that these sales resources are available in various media formats
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
178
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
ANSI CONFIGURATION TOOL
Course Number TAC60059W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
Describes the use of the quoting tool for partners
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
179
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
ETSI CONFIGURATION TOOL
Course Number
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
Describes the use of the quoting tool for partners
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
180
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
VITALSUITE SALES - PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT AND THE MARKET
Course Number TAP00004W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 50min
Description Overall Description:
This course covers performance management, the market size, requirements and
challenges and lastly discusses customer case studies.
Course Objectives:
This course explains:
• The application and network performance management process
• The market needs for application and network performance management
• Customer case studies that show the value of VitalSuite
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
181
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
VITALSUITE SALES - UNDERSTANDING THE MARKET
Course Number TAP00005W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 52min
Description Overall Description:
This course covers the VitalSuite target industries, companies, employee Avatars. It lists
our customer’s biggest problems, and describes customer buyer behaviors.
Course Objectives: This course lists
• The VitalSuite target industries and employee personas
• Customer problems that VitalSuite solves
• How buyers make decisions and what is important to them
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
182
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
VITALSUITE SALES – SELLING THE VITALSUITE SOLUTION
Course Number TAP00006W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 44min
Description Overall Description:
This course discusses the VitalSuite Value Proposition & Differentiation, and the
Buying and Selling Process. It also provides engagement questions and a
prospecting quiz.
Course Objectives:
This course:
• Describes the VitalSuite value proposition & differentiation
• Describes the buying & selling process
• Lists the right questions to ask inside a client organization
• Describes an ideal prospect for our solution
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
183
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
VITALNET 14 OVERVIEW
Course Number TAP00007W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 28min
Description Overall Description:
This course will review the VitalNet Solution, identifying solutions strengths and
advantages for customers.
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
184
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
VITALNET REAL TIME 14 OVERVIEW
Course Number TAP00008W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 20min
Description
Overall Description:
This course will review the VitalNet RealTime Solution, identifying strengths and
advantages for a customer. RealTime allows for intelligent coloration, threshold, and
alarming of VitalNet Performance data.
Course Objectives:
The course provides an understanding of:
• Key features of VitalNet RealTime
• Alarm and Threshold Setting
• Learned Threshold setting based on deviations from normal behavior
• Setting of outbound trap notifications
• Topology view of alarm information
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
185
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
VITALFLOW 14 OVERVIEW
Course Number TAP00009W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 17min
Description Overall Description:
This course will review the VitalFlow Solution, identifying strengths and advantages for
a customer. VitalFlow allows for the collection, an analysis of network application
protocol flow data into the VitalNet Solution.
Course Objectives:
The course provides an understanding of:
• Key features of VitalFlow
• How flow data is obtained from the network and is correlated in VitalNet
• Reports available to present the data
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
186
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
VITALAPPS 14 OVERVIEW
Course Number TAP00010W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 26min
Description Overall Description:
This course will review the VitalApps Solution, identifying strengths and advantages for
a customer. VitalApps provides a centralized view of application performance
throughout a customer’s environment.
Course Objectives:
The course provides an
understanding of:
• Key features of VitalApps
• How application data is obtained and reported in the solutions
• Showcases enduser experience, application health, and network performance as it
related to specific applications
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
187
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
VITALART 14 OVERVIEW
Course Number TAP00011W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 23min
Description Overall Description:
This course will review the VitalArt Solution, identifying strengths and advantages for a
customer. VitalART provides centralized very flexible reporting across all of the VitalSuite
modules.
Course Objectives:
The course provides an understanding of:
• Key features of VitalART
• How VitalART enables flexible, consistent automated reporting across all of the
VitalSuite modules
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
188
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
VITALSUITE PRE-SALES TECHNICAL OVERVIEW
Course Number TAP00012W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 40min
Description Overall Description:
This course covers the topics of:
• Why VitalSuite?
• VitalSuite Network Performance Monitoring
• VitalSuite Application Performance Monitoring
• VitalSuite Advance Reporting Toolkit
Course Objectives:
List:
• Technologies monitored by VitalSuite
• Vendors supported by VitalSuite
• License RTU option Explain:
• What are the performance management challenges
• Why customers require VitalSuite
• What is VitalSuite Describe:
• VitalSuite Network Performance Monitoring Modules (Net, RealTime and Flow)
• VitalSuite Application Performance Monitoring Modules (Apps and WAM)
• VitalSuite Advance Reporting Toolkit
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
189
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
DIFFICULTY IN IDENTIFYING NETWORK ISSUES
Course Number TAP00013W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 17min
Description Overall Description:
This course provides a discussion showcasing how VitalNet can be used to quickly identify
issues within a network.
Course Objectives:
The course provides:
• An understanding of VitalNet Live Diagnostic
• Topology Feature 2D and 3D models
• A detailed dive into the data graphs
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
190
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
VOIP QUALITY ISSUES
Course Number TAP00014W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 20min
Description Overall Description:
This course provides a discussion around the challenges of to voice over IP Performance
monitoring, and how VitalNet can provide visibility into this data.
Course Objectives: The course provides:
• A detailed review of per call voice quality • Live performance data collection
• Aggregated view of voice performance and correlation to network devices
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
191
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
MONITORING IPV6 DEVICES
Course Number TAP00015W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 9min
Description Overall Description:
Review of how VitalNet has seamless support of IPv6 Devices.
Course Objectives:
The course provides an overview of how to discover, collect, and display IPV6 network
devices in VitalNet.
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
192
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
APPLICATION MAPPING
Course Number TAP00016W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 16min
Description Overall Description:
This course showcases VitalFlow to uncover exactly how your network is being used and
mapping bandwidth to application usage.
Course Objectives:
The course provides details on :
• Using VitalFlow to collect network flow data
• The types of reports available
• The best way companies can use this data
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
193
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
TRAPS
Course Number TAP00017W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 10min
Description Overall Description:
This course reviews the benefits of RealTime Traps and the ability to receive inbound
traps from the network devices. Trap data is blended with native VitalNet information to
provide an additional layer of visibility into the network.
Course Objectives:
This course provides an overview of the trap management and performance alerts
via a trap receiver which enables additional event correlation within VitalNet.
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
194
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
VM ENVIRONMENT
Course Number TAP00018W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 9min
Description Overall Description:
This course review the benefits of using VitalNet to collect performance information
from a customers virtualized server environments; answering the question, how are
the Virtual Servers performing?
Course Objectives:
This course provides detailed information on how VitalNet can monitor and provide
performance data collected from virtualized server solutions such as Citrix, VMware
and HyperV.
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
195
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
REAL-TIME APPLICATION PERFORMANCE
Course Number TAP00019W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 11min
Description Overall Description:
This course review how VitalApps provides realtime application in addition to the
traditional application data collection.
Course Objectives:
This course
provides:
• Details on using the VitalApps collection agents to obtain realtime application
performance information
• How the realtime data is displayed
• Reports available for this performance information
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
196
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
VITALQIP SALES
Course Number TAP00020W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 34min
Description Overall Description:
This course covers VitalQIPs role in: IP address management, the IPAM market, target
verticals and industries, and the VitalQIP solution. It also provides customer engagement
examples.
Course Objectives:
This course is designed to help you understand:
• IP Address Management and its components
• How to successfully identify opportunities
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
197
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
VITALQIP PRESALES
Course Number TAP00021W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 45min
Description Overall Description:
This presales training module provides a product brief for the VitalQIP IP address
management solution, DNS and DHCP services as relating to the Nokia VitalQIP and
VitalQIP Appliance Manager solutions. The intended audience are presales or sales
engineers with a goal of providing guidance to maximize competitive advantage for
VitalQIP sales success.
Course Objectives:
At the end of this course, you should be able to describe the VitalQIP IP address
management solution, DNS and DHCP services as relating to the Nokia VitalQIP and
VitalQIP Appliance Manager solutions.
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
198
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
VITALQIP APPLIANCE OVERVIEW
Course Number TAP00022W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 25min
Description Overall Description:
This course provides and overview of the VitalQIP Appliance. It covers topics including:
• Appliance Management Software [AMS]
• Adding an Appliance
• Deploying Packages and Monitoring Services
• Enterprise High Availability
• VitalQIP Appliance Security
• Appliance DNS/DHCP Performance
Course Objectives:
At the end of this course, you should be able to:
• List an overview of the appliances
• Explain how to use the appliance management software, or AMS interface
• Describe how to monitor and troubleshoot an appliance environment
• Explain how to set up a high availability configuration
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
199
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
VITALQIP 8.1 RELEASE UPDATE
Course Number TAP00023W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 5min
Description Overall Description:
This video covers the new functionality of the Vital QIP released in version R8.1.
Course Objectives:
This course will explain the new features of Vital QIP
including:
• Endtoend auditing
• Visualization of the IP address space
• Improved host auto discovery functions
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
200
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
KEYS FOR SELLING
Course Number TBU00047W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 1 hour
Description Sales teams need an arsenal of appealing stories, stories about how Nokia helped
other customers across transport, energy and public sector to address and resolve
their challenges. This training will introduce you to a nice variety of stories. For each
story we will focus on the issue addressed, hoping it will sound familiar to your
customers, the solution, some sweet spots to help position Nokia solution and
examples of customers who bought the solution.
Exam Online in the NLDH
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Background in Sales
Required
Equipment
None
201
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
CLOUD DATA CENTER INTERCONNECT
Course Number TBU00113W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 45min
Description Overall Description:
Enterprises need the ability to grow computing power and storage capacity while
controlling costs. Cloud solutions offer the ability to outsource certain functions through
virtualized resources while retaining others internally, allowing an enterprise to match
business needs and budget. Cloud solutions are built by interconnecting data centers;
commonly called Data Center Interconnect (DCI). Learn more about DCI so you can
participate as enterprises continue to increase spending on DCI.
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
202
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
OIL & GAS PIPELINE SOLUTION
Course Number TBU00115W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 45min
Description Overall Description:
Digital oil and gas field transformation is already underway as energy consumption
worldwide is expected to grow 48% until 2040. Oil and Gas companies continue to invest
for exploration, extraction and transportation via pipelines regardless of the economic
environment. Nokia IP, Optical and Microwave partners are wellpositioned for success
with Nokia solutions for key requirements in the Oil and Gas sector: Mobility and Onsite
Communication; Automation; Security Cloud Services; and Data Analytics.
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
203
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NETWORK SOLUTION FOR LEGACY SCADA MIGRATION TO IP/MPLS
Course Number TBU00168D
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
Network Solution for Legacy SCADA Migration to IP/MPLS
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
204
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
SELLING TO RAILWAYS
Course Number TBU00116W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 1h
Description Overall Description:
Globally there is a massive population shift from rural areas to urban areas. Due to this
massive shift, transportation projects are underway to balance the need to move the
population from point A to point B while reducing the carbon footprint and emissions. Rail
projects are expected to grow 27% globally as a result of this change. Rail operators know
they need to offer new services to their riders which present opportunities. Safety is
always paramount which determines how some things can be done. In addition to the
need for existing rail operators to offer new services, there are many new opportunities
all over the world for mass transit, light rails and high speed lines where Nokia partners
can sell a Nokia solution that can help rail operators to ensure safe, ontime and
connected journeys.
Course Objectives:
The session will provide training on railways and the Nokia solutions that you can sell
to that industry segment.
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
205
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
SELLING INTO AIRPORTS AND AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
Course Number TBU00160W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
Nokia has been addressing the need for mission critical infrastructure for transport
customers for decades.
In this session we focus on air transport.
After an introduction about the air transport communication market we will explore how
to position our solutions in this segment, a segment which is present in every country and
every major city.
We will show how the same products which address the mission critical needs of rail,
utilities and other key customers are ideally suited to address challenges such as “ageing
networking infrastructure in many air traffic control organizations or network
modernization and harmonization of airports”.
As a good introduction to the specific challenges and Nokia solutions for air transport, the
course targets sales, management and presales profiles primarily but is also
recommended for any partner employee wishing to get up to speed on this segment and
its specifics.
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
206
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE SERVICES
Course Number TBU00249W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 15min
Description Protecting your customer with Nokia Maintenance Services
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Background in Sales
Required
Equipment
None
207
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
SELLING NOKIA INTO THE DEFENSE MARKET
Course Number TBU00275W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description This course is designed to help Partners sell Nokia products into the Defense market.
Course Objectives:
At the end of this course, you should be able to:
• Identify the best Nokia opportunities to pursue in the Defense market,
• Know who to contact to begin the conversation in the Defense market.
To pass the exam, a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Background in Sales
Required
Equipment
None
208
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
GPP DEAL REGISTRATION TRAINING FOR PARTNERS
Course Number TBU31159W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description This course shows partners how to register their deals. Deal registration protects the
partner's investment and oftentimes they are award an extra discount for finding a
new opportunity.
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
209
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
PARTNER LEARNING SERIES – NOKIA IN INDUSTRY SEGMENTS
Course Number TBU31177W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 1h15
Description The goal of this series is to grow and capture new business within identified market
segments by building skills and knowledge with partners and enabling them to sell
more effectively. This portion of the Partner Learning Series focuses on the Industry
Segments. This course provides an overview of select market segments where Nokia
participates. The course highlights opportunities within those markets and aligns
Nokia products to meet such needs.
Course Objectives:
• Summarize Sales Opportunities in selected vertical markets
• Describe the driving forces and market trends creating sales opportunities
• Identify the products and solutions to sell to selected vertical markets and
their unique selling propositions
Course Outline:
• Introduction
• Utilities
• Transportation
• State and Local Government and Public Safety
• Oil and Gas and Conclusion
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Background in Sales
Required
Equipment
None
210
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
PARTNER LEARNING SERIES – POWER UTILITIES 101
Course Number TBU31178W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 1h
Description Overall Description:
The goal of this series is to grow and capture new business within our market segments
by building skills and knowledge with partners and enabling them to sell more effectively.
This portion of the Partner Learning Series focuses on the Power Utility segment. This
course provides an overview of the Power Utility market segments and where Nokia
participates. The course highlights opportunities within those markets and aligns our
products and services to meet such needs.
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
211
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
HOW TO POSITION AND SELL COMMUNICATIONS TRANSFORMATION
Course Number TBU31293W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
This course provides an understanding of the challenges and requirements of a
Power Utility looking to transform their communications network.
Course Objectives:
This training is designed to enable the learner to:
• Identify problem areas that encourage utilities to consider transforming their
network
• Select indicators of suitable sales opportunities within this market
• Identify the minimum set of equipment required by the Nokia solution to
support utility operations in a typical substation
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
212
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
HOW TO POSITION AND SELL DISTRIBUTION AUTOMATION
Course Number TBU31295W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
This course provides an understanding of the challenges and requirements of a Power
Utility looking to transform their communications network.
Course Objectives:
This training is designed to enable the learner to:
• Identify problem areas that encourage utilities to consider transforming their
network
• Select indicators of suitable sales opportunities within this market
• Identify the minimum set of equipment required by the Nokia solution to support
utility operations in a typical substation
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
213
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
HOW TO POSITION AND SELL UTILITY BROADBAND
Course Number TBU31296W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
This course provides an understanding of the challenges and requirements of a Power
Utility looking to transform their communications network.
Course Objectives:
This training is designed to enable the learner to:
• Identify problem areas that encourage utilities to consider transforming their network
• Select indicators of suitable sales opportunities within this market
• Identify the minimum set of equipment required by the Nokia solution to support
utility operations in a typical substation
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
214
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA ROUTING PRODUCT OVERVIEW
Course Number ER01240-W-1806
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
This course covers the IP Routing Product Portfolio and provides information about how
the products should be positioned with the customer.
Course Objectives:
• Learn more about Nokia IP portfolio at a high level
• Learn more about which markets are addressed by the Nokia IP portfolio and the
differentiation in those markets
Course Outline:
• Nokia IP
• What sets us apart Nokia 7950 XRS
• Nokia 7750 SR
• Nokia 7705 SAR • Nokia 7210 SAS
• Nokia VSR
• Nokia 5620 SAM
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
215
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA SCALABLE IP NETWORKS SELF-STUDY GUIDE - PREPARING FOR THE NETWORK ROUTING SPECIALIST I (NRS 1)
CERTIFICATION EXAM
Course Number TER00034M
Delivery Type SelfStudy – 2h
Description The Nokia Scalable IP Networks SelfStudy Guide provides IP professionals with a selfdirected
learning option for the Nokia Network Routing Specialist I (NRS I) certification. This comprehensive
guide:
• Covers course material addressed in the Nokia Scalable IP Networks course from the Nokia
Service Routing Certification Program
• Is designed to give students the introductory knowledge required to work successfully in an
IP/MPLS and Carrier Ethernet environment that delivers consumer and business services
• Includes detailed exam questions and lab exercises
• Prepares students to write the NRS I exam (4A0100)
Course Objectives:
After reading this book and completing all exercises you will be able to:
• Describe the purpose and operation of common Layer 2 technologies
• Describe the IP forwarding process
• Develop an IP address plan using IP subnetting and address summarization
• Explain the characteristics of dynamic routing protocols and configure basic IP routing using
OSPF and BGP
• Explain the operation of the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)
• Describe MPLS and how it is used to provide Layer 2 and Layer 3 VPN services across a common
provider core
• Be well prepared to write the NRS I exam
Course Outline:
11 comprehensive chapters with detailed lessons and exam questions:
1. Introduction to Networking
2. The Nokia 7750 SR AND 7450 ESS Components and the Command Line Interface
3. Ethernet and Layer 2 Protocols
4. Switched Networks, Spanning Tree, and VLANs
5. IP Addressing
6. IP Forwarding and Services
7. TCP and UDP
8. Introduction to IP Routing
9. OSPF
10. BGP
11. MPLS and VPN Services
Lab exercises to reinforce learning points
A CD with sample exam questions and lab exercises
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
216
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA NETWORK ROUTING SPECIALIST I WRITTEN EXAM [4A0-100]
Course Number TER00035M
Delivery Type Exam – 1h15
Description This overview provides broad guidelines for the type of content that may be included in
the exam. Other material not described here may be incorporated into the exam.
• Describe the use of the Nokia 7750 Service Router (SR) and Nokia 7450 Ethernet
Service Switch (ESS) in the Internet
• Be able to execute basic commands with the command line interface of the Nokia 7750
Service Router
• Describe the purpose and operation of common Layer 2 technologies
• Describe the IP forwarding process
• Analyze an IP address with subnet mask and calculate subnet boundaries
• Develop an IP address plan using IP subnetting and address summarization
• Explain the difference between static routes and dynamic routing protocols
• Configure static routes and dynamic routing in a single area OSPF network
• Explain the purpose and basic features of BGP
• Explain the basic operation of the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)
• Describe the purpose of MPLS and how it can be used to create tunnels across an IP
network
• Describe the MPLSbased VPN services supported on the Nokia 7750 Service Router:
VPWS, VPLS and VPRN
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
217
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA NETWORK ROUTING SPECIALIST II (NRS II) SELF-STUDY GUIDE: PREPARING FOR THE NRS
II CERTIFICATION EXAMS SELF STUDY LAB EXERCISES PLUS NOKIA NRS II LAB EXAM
Course Number TER00036M
Delivery Type SelfStudy – 2h min
Description This book is your official selfstudy guide for the Nokia Network Routing Specialist II (NRS II)
Certification. The certification is designed to provide a solid understanding of IP/MPLS networks and
their Layer 2 and Layer 3 service applications in today’s advanced networks. The book is loaded with
many practical configuration and troubleshooting exercises and is an invaluable reference source to
the working network engineer. Upon completion of the book, completing all of the exercises, and
obtaining your NRS II certification, you will have a valuable foundation of skills, knowledge, and best
practices needed for operating an IP/MPLS services network.
Course Objectives:
After completing the book and exercises, you will be able to:
• Design an address plan and configure interfaces for IPv4 and IPv6
• Configure and verify routing for IPVv6
• Describe the operation of LDP and configure an LDP network
• Explain how OSPF and ISIS are enhanced to support traffic engineering
• Configure and verify RSVPTE LSPs for traffic engineering and high availability
• Describe the different services that can be implemented in an IP/MPLS network
• Configure and verify Layer 2 and Layer 3 VPN services
• Configure and verify IPv6 tunneling over an IP/MPLS network
Course Outline:
21 comprehensive chapters with detailed lessons and exam questions:
• IP/MPLS Service Networks
• Layer 2: The Physical Components of the Internet
• IP Networks
• Dynamic Routing Protocols
• Introduction to OSPF
• OSPF MultiArea Networks
• OSPFv3
• Introduction to ISIS
• ISIS MultiArea Networks
• ISIS for IPv6
• Introduction to Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS)
• Label Distribution Protocol (LDP)
• RSVPTE Operation
• ConstraintBased Routing and TELSPs
• RSVPTE Resource Reservation
• MPLS Resiliency
• Introduction and Overview of VPN Services
• VPWS Services
• VPLS
• Layer 3 Services
• Operations, Administration, and Maintenance
• Appendix Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers
Lab exercises to reinforce learning points
A CD with sample exam questions and lab exercises
218
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA NRS II LAB EXAM [NRSII4A0]
Course Number TER00037M
Delivery Type Exam – 3h30
Description The Nokia NRS II Lab Exam is a 3.5hour practical exam executed on live equipment that
tests the students’ ability to design and implement networks that meet service
requirements and interoperate with other networks, to analyze network health and
performance, and to resolve network problems quickly.
To register you must have successfully completed all four prerequisite written exams
shown below. The lab exam is held at select Nokia locations globally. Nokia will not be
responsible for any travel costs incurred. Exams are scheduled based on the availability of
exam resources and will generally occur 6 to 8 weeks after registration.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
• Nokia Scalable IP Networks (4A0100)
• Nokia Interior Routing Protocols (4A0101)
• Nokia Multiprotocol Label Switching (4A0103)
• Nokia Services Architecture (4A0104)
Required
Equipment
None
219
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA INTERIOR ROUTING PROTOCOLS EXAM [4A0-101]
Course Number TER00038M
Delivery Type Exam – 1h30
Description This overview provides broad guidelines for the type of content that may be included in
the exam. Other material not described here may be incorporated into the exam.
• Demonstrate a basic overall understanding of link state protocols
• Express a basic overall understanding of IP routing design
• Describe the various routing protocol databases (routing, forwarding and link state)
• Demonstrate an understanding of route redistribution and route filter policies
• Create and verify the successful operation of static and default routes
• Explain the basic operations of OSPF, and ensure the successful implementation and
operability of OSPF in a network
• Configure OSPF in basic and complex network topologies
• Understand OSPFv3
• Understand single and multi-area networks in OSPFv3
• Explain the basic operations of ISIS, and ensure the successful implementation and
operability of ISIS in a network
• Understand ISIS for IPv6
• Define the differences between ISIS and OSPF
• Verify OSPF operations and troubleshoot OSPF routing issues
• Configure a complex network utilizing a combination of OSPF and ISIS
• Understand IPv6 basics and IPv6 addressing
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
220
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA MULTIPROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING EXAM [4A0-103]
Course Number TER00039M
Delivery Type Exam – 1h30
Description This overview provides broad guidelines for the type of content that may be included in
the exam. Other material not described here may be incorporated into the exam.
• Explain the basic concepts of MPLS technology such as forwarding equivalence classes
(FECs), labels and label stacks, label distribution, LSPs and MPLS packet forwarding
• Describe the MPLS header structure and explain the label operations of pop, push and
swap
• List the characteristics of different label distribution protocols and compare them
• Explain how LDP works to distribute labels for FECs and establish LSPs
• Describe traffic engineering and its advantage in an MPLS network.
• Identify the traffic engineering extensions made to the IGP routing protocols and
understand how they are used with CSPF to establish traffic engineered LSPs
• Demonstrate how RSVPTE is used to establish traffic engineered LSPs using RSVP
signaling messages to distribute labels, specify constraints for the LSP and request
LSP protection mechanisms
• Describe the concept of a shared risk link group (SRLG) and its use in traffic engineering
• State the purpose of using LDP over RSVP tunnels to provide traffic engineering in a
hierarchical network
• Configure an MPLSbased core network using LDP, RSVPTE, and LDP over RSVP
• List the various LSP protection mechanisms (Secondary/ Standby LSP, fast reroutes)
• Describe MPLS for IP routing (MPLS shortcuts)
• Configure 6PE on a network of 7750 SRs
• Configure RSVPTE LSPs using each of the possible protection Mechanisms
• Understand how to manage, monitor and perform basic troubleshooting of
LDPestablished LSPs on the Nokia 7750 Service Router (SR) and Nokia 7450 Ethernet
Service Switch (ESS)
• Understand how to manage, monitor and perform basic troubleshooting of RSVPTE
established LSPs on the Nokia 7750 SR and Nokia 7450 ESS
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
221
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA SERVICES ARCHITECTURE EXAM [4A0-104]
Course Number TER00040M
Delivery Type Exam – 1h30
Description This overview provides broad guidelines for the type of content that may be included in
the exam. Other material not described here may be incorporated into the exam.
• Demonstrate a basic overall understanding of Nokia services
• Differentiate between service access point (SAP) and network ports
• Provide an explanation for a service delivery point (SDP) and differentiate between
mesh and spoke SDPs
• Differentiate between transport tunnels and service tunnels
• Correctly analyze the implications of maximum transmission unit (MTU) size
• Use the correct operations, administration and maintenance (OAM) tools to analyze a
configured system
• Correctly define the terms related to VPWS services such as Epipe, Apipe, Fpipe, and
Ipipe
• Correctly configure an Epipe service
• Manage Epipe services given an existing infrastructure including modifying, deleting,
disabling, reenabling, and creating these services
• Explain the issues related to VPWS interworking
• Describe the purpose and operation of a VPLS service
• Explain the different types of SAP encapsulations and describe their behavior
• Correctly configure a VPLS service
• Define and configure an Internet enhanced service (IES) • Configure an IES spoke
termination to a VPLS service
• Identify reasons to use mirror services and differentiate between local and
distributed mirror services
• Configure and verify the operation of a remote mirror service
• Identify the protocols and technologies required to implement VPRN service
• Explain the interaction between the control and data plane of a VPRN
service
• Configure, verify, and troubleshoot an IPv4 and IPv6 VPRN service
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
222
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7750 SR / 7450 ESS INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING
Course Number TER18009
Delivery Type Instructorled – 1d
Description Overall Description:
This course will provide the participant with a thorough understanding of the
installation procedures of the chassis, cards, modules, and power units for the 7750
SR/7450 ESS product portfolio. The participant will also learn through the command
line how to perform basic commissioning for this product portfolio.
Course Objectives:
• Site preparation: rack requirements, power requirements, grounding
• Cable management: handling, routing, labeling
• Hardware installation: rack,power, cables, circuit packs, modules, SFPs
• Commissioning: Bootup system, provisioning of the cards via CLI and using prebuild
configuration
• Troubleshooting: card, port and bootup troubleshooting procedures, remedial
action
Course Outline
Module 1 Introduction
Module 2 7750 SR/7450 ESS Site Preparation
Module 3 7750 SR/7450 ESS Installation
Module 4 7x50 Commissioning
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
223
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7705 SAR INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING
Course Number TER18010
Delivery Type Instructorled – 1d
Description Overall Description:
This course will provide the participant with a thorough understanding of the installation
procedures of the chassis, cards, modules, and power units for the 7705 SAR product
portfolio. The participant will also learn through the command line how to perform basic
commissioning for this product portfolio.
Course Objectives:
• Site preparation: rack requirements, power requirements, grounding
• Cable management: handling, routing, labeling
• Hardware installation: rack, power, cables, circuit packs, modules, SFPs
• Manual Commissioning: Bootup system, provisioning of the cards via CLI and using
prebuild configuration
• Automatic Commissioning: commissioning using RATT Tool
• Troubleshooting: card, port and bootup troubleshooting procedures, remedial
action , RATT troubleshooting
Course Outline
Module 1 – Introduction
Module 2 7705 SAR Site Preparation
Module 3 7705 SAR Installation
Module 4 7705 SAR Commissioning with Prebuilt Configuration
Module 5 7705 SAR Commissioning via CLI
Module 6 7705 SAR Automatic Commissioning using RATT
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
224
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7210 SAS INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING
Course Number TER18011
Delivery Type Instructorled – 1d
Description Overall Description:
This course will provide the participant with a thorough understanding of the installation
procedures of the chassis, cards, modules, and power units for the 7210 SAS product
portfolio. The participant will also learn through the command line how to perform basic
commissioning for this product portfolio.
Course Objectives:
• Site preparation: rack requirements, power requirements, grounding
• Cable management: handling, routing, labeling
• Hardware installation: rack, power, cables, circuit packs, modules, SFPs
• Manual Commissioning: Bootup system, provisioning of the cards via CLI and using
prebuild configuration
• Troubleshooting: card, port and bootup troubleshooting procedures, remedial
action , RATT troubleshooting
Course Outline
Module 1 – Introduction
Module 2 7210 SAS Site Preparation
Module 3 7210 SAS Installation
Module 4 7210 SAS Commissioning with Prebuilt Configuration
Module 5 7210 SAS Commissioning via CLI
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
225
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7210 SAS PRODUCT OVERVIEW
Course Number TER36058W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 5h
Description This course provides an overview of 7210 SAS product family. The course is designed to help
system planners, installers and commissioning engineers become familiar with the components
and architecture of the 7210 SAS family of products, to gain an understanding of the features
and characteristics of the hardware and software, and to learn how the 7210 SAS is deployed in
the IP/MPLS network.
Course Objectives:
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
• Define the role of the 7210 SAS in a customer's network
• Describe the benefits of the 7210 SAS
• Describe the 7210 SAS product portfolio
• Explain the key features and characteristics of the different 7210 SAS variants
• Describe the 1830 Versatile WDM Module and how it can be used with the 7210 SAS in a
customer's network
Course Outline:
Module 1 7210 SAS - Introduction
Module 2 7210 SAS - Family of Products
Module 3 7210 SAS-D
Module 4 7210 SAS -E
Module 5 7210 SAS-M
Module 6 7210 SAS-T
Module 7 7210 SAS-X
Module 8 7210 SAS-R6
Module 9 7210 SAS-K5
Module 10 7210 SAS-1830 VWM
Module 11 7210 SAS-Cabinet Solutions
Module 12 7210 SAS-Mxp
Module 13 7210 SAS-R12
Module 14 7210 SAS-S/Sx
Module 15 7210 SAS-K12
Module 16 7210 SAS-K30
Target Audience:
This course is intended for anyone who needs a basic understanding of the 7210 Nokia Service
Access Switch family of products.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Knowledge of IP/MPLS would be an asset.
The student may benefit from the following course:TER36066W SROS Fundamentals
Required
Equipment
None
226
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
SR-OS FUNDAMENTALS
Course Number TER36066W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 12h
Description Overall Description:
The SROS Fundamentals eLearning course describes the key essentials of the SROS
service router portfolio. The different hardware products are described along with the
aspects on how a service is built. It also explains the IP and MPLS fundaments needed
to build this service.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Explain where the SROS service router is used in a high leverage network
• Name the different SROS hardware products
• Explain the fundamental aspects of IP and MPLS
• Understand the key components of a service
• Describe the different services
• Explain the fundamentals of QoS and Multicast
Course Outline:
• The high leverage network FP3 Service router supported solutions
• IP/MPLS SROS product family
• CLI
• Policies
• IP routing
• MPLS
• Introduction to services
• IES
• VLL
• VPLS
• VPRN
• PIM
• QoS
Foundation
Knowledge
This course is intended for students who have basic IP knowledge.
Required
Equipment
None
227
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7950 XRS PRODUCT OVERVIEW
Course Number TER36082W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 1h
Description Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Understand the need for a scalable, versatile and efficient core router
• Understand the most important components of the 7950 Extensible Routing System (7950
XRS20 and 7950 XRS16c)
• Understand the commonalities with other SROS based routers in Nokia's portfolio
A new era of core routers was needed that could better scale, be more versatile and efficient.
That is why Nokia has developed a new range of core routers.
The Nokia 7950 Extensible Routing System or XRS core router delivers scale, efficiency and
versatility on a single platform without sacrificing flexibility. This enables service providers to
meet core routing, MPLS switching, data center interconnection and infrastructure service
needs in metro cores and IP backbones.
This webbased course explains the evolution of core routing and the need for a new range of
core routers. The evolution is from a traditional network to today's and tomorrow's networks.
The need for 400Gbps FP3 processors in the 7950 XRS20, 7950 XRS40, and 7950 XRS16c
products is covered.
The 7950 XRS20 and 7950 XRS16c are part of the SROS product family and this course
explains where these core routers are positioned together with the other SROS routers in the
network. It also illustrates how these routers are integrated with the existing SAM network
management platform.
Hardware modules of the 7950 XRS20, 7950 XRS40, and 7950 XRS16c are covered. Card
function and their interworking are explained. This course shows the interface options found on
the different XMAs/CXMAs or XRS media adaptors.
The last module of the course describes the software and resiliency options.
The 7950 XRS20, 7950 XRS40, 7950 XRS16c and the 7750 SR family of routers share a single
OS which provides a common model with hardened reliability.
Course Outline:
• Module 1: The evolution of core routing
• Module 2: Introducing the 7950 XRS Family
• Module 3: The 7950 XRS20 Overview
• Module 4: The 7950 XRS40 Overview
• Module 5: The 7950 XRS16c Overview
• Module 6: Software and resiliency
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge
A basic understanding of telecom concepts is sufficient
228
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7705 SAR PRODUCT OVERVIEW
Course Number TER36084WK
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 5h 30min
Description The course is designed to help system planners, installers and commissioning engineers
become familiar with the components and architecture of the SAR 7705 family of products,
to gain an understanding of the features and characteristics of the hardware and software,
and to learn about how the 7705 SAR is deployed in the aggregation and backhaul segments
of a converged network.
Overall Description:
This course describes the characteristics of the 7705 SAR hardware components and software
features up to and including Release 7.0 and provides an overview of the deployment in a
converged network.
Course Objectives:
• Define the role of the 7705 SAR aggregation router in the aggregation and backhaul zone
of the service provider network
• Identify how the 7705 SAR is used in the service provider network
• Describe the characteristics of the hardware and software components and features
Course Outline:
• 7705 SAR Network Solutions
• 7705 SAR Features Overview
• 7705 SAR Family of Products Overview
• 7705 SAR18 System Overview
• 7705 SAR8 System Overview
• 7705 SAR8/18 Microwave Radio Connectivity
• 7705 SAR8/18 Interface Adapter Cards
• 7705 SAR8/SAR18/SARM: CWDM/OADM Adapter Cards
• 7705 SARM System Overview
• 7705 SARF System Overview
• 7705 SARA System Overview
• 7705 SARW System Overview
• 7705 SARO Passive Optical Module Overview
• 7705 SARH System Overview
• 7705 SARHc System Overview
7705 SAR System Provisioning and Management
• 7705 OAM and Diagnostics
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Knowledge of IP/MPLS would be an asset.
The student may benefit from the following courses:
• TER36066W SROS Fundamentals and TER36075: 7750 SR/7705 SAR Mobile Backhaul
Required
Equipment
None
229
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA NRS II LAB WORKSHOP VERSION A *
Course Number
TER36090
Delivery Type Instructorled – 1d
Description Overall Description:
The Nokia NRS II Lab Workshop is a complete oneday workshop designed to help
individuals practice and improve their service router configuration skills. The workshop
also serves as an excellent tool for individuals needing to practice and prepare for the NRS
II lab exam (NRSII4A0). Each workshop is led by members of the SRC subject matter expert
team who will coach students through a set of practical, handson lab exercises and their
solutions.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Four courses and exams and handson experience with configuration and provisioning in
a Nokia Service Router environment:
1. Nokia Scalable IP Networks (Exam No. 4A0100)
2. Nokia Interior Routing Protocols (Exam No. 4A0101) 3. Nokia Multiprotocol Label
Switching (Exam No. 4A0103)
4. Nokia Services Architecture (Exam No. 4A0104)
Required
Equipment
None
230
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NRS II LAB EXAM WORKSHOP VERSION B
Course Number TER36091
Delivery Type InstructorLed Training – 1d
Description Overall Description:
The Nokia NRS II Lab Workshop is a complete oneday workshop designed to help
individuals practice and improve their service router configuration skills. The workshop
also serves as an excellent tool for individuals needing to practice and prepare for the NRS
II lab exam (NRSII4A0). Each workshop is led by members of the SRC subject matter expert
team who will coach students through a set of practical, handson lab exercises and their
solutions. The Nokia NRS II Lab Workshop is a complete oneday workshop designed to
help individuals practice and improve their service router configuration skills. The
workshop also serves as an excellent tool for individuals needing to practice and prepare
for the NRS II lab exam (NRSII4A0). Each workshop is led by members of the SRC subject
matter expert team who will coach students through a set of practical, handson lab
exercises and their solutions.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Four courses and exams and handson experience with configuration and provisioning in
a Nokia Service Router environment:
1. Nokia Scalable IP Networks (Exam No. 4A0100)
2. Nokia Interior Routing Protocols (Exam No. 4A0101)
3. Nokia Multiprotocol Label
Switching (Exam No. 4A0103)
4. Nokia Services Architecture (Exam No. 4A0104)
Required
Equipment
None
231
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
LEVEL 1 MAINTENANCE FOR SR-OS PRODUCTS
Course Number TER36092
Delivery Type InstructorLed Training – 2d
Description Overall Description:
This course is intended for the L1 Field Technician whose primary responsibility is to
provide hardware maintenance and support for the Nokia Service Routers and Service
Switches. The course covers online documentation retrieval from Nokia’s OnLine
Customer Support (OLCS) site, onsite troubleshooting including topics such as LED
indicators, visual trouble identification, required hardware routines such as cleaning
and/or replacing air filters, managing CF (Compact Flash) cards, as well as called for
software and hardware upgrades e.g. upgrading RAM (Random Access Memory).
Course Outline:
Section 1: Course Intro and objectives
Section 2: OLCS
Section 3: Internet
• Telephone, Internet development timeline
• Todays Network, Routes, Switches
Section 4: Electric Static Discharge (ESD)
• Testing ground strap
Section 5: Command Line Interface (CLI)
Section 6: Fibre Optics
• Fibre Optic Connectors
• Fibre Optic Safety
• Cleaning Optical Connectors
Section 7: Routines
• Cleaning and replacing Filters
Section 8: Hardware
• FRU Hardware replacement how to
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Basic Understanding of SR Products
Required
Equipment
• Overhead projector and screen
• White board and markers
232
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7750 SR/7450 ESS PRODUCT OVERVIEW
Course Number TER36095W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 4h30
Description This course provides an overview of 7750 SR and 7450 ESS product family and
introduces the latest FP4 network processor.
The course is designed to help system planners, installers and commissioning
engineers become familiar with the components and architecture of the 7750 SR and
7450 ESS family of products, to gain an understanding of the features and
characteristics of the hardware and software, and to learn how the 7750 SR and 7450
ESS is deployed in the IP/ MPLS edge network.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
233
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
BASIC SERVICE ROUTER TROUBLESHOOTING
Course Number TER36065
Delivery Type Virtual Instructor-Led Training – 3d
Description Overall Description:
This course is intended for operations personnel to understand and apply
troubleshooting methods, including event logs, OAM tools and SAA, common
problems and solutions related to hardware, layers 1 & 2, routing protocols (OSPF and
IS-IS), MPLS, as well as a description of how to escalate an issue to the Nokia support
team.
Course Objectives:
• Describe the procedure to find support files, documentation as well as the
knowledge base on OLCS
• Generate event logs
• Describe the usage of OAM tools
• Understand the Service Assurance Agent (SAA) feature and its usage
• Identify and troubleshoot hardware faults
• Troubleshoot common issues with OSPF and IS-IS routing protocols
• Troubleshoot common issues with LDP and RSVP-TE protocols
Course Outline:
Basic Service Router Troubleshooting
Audience:
Personnel responsible for provisioning maintaining and administering the 7750 SR.
Equipment:
Standard vSIM lab network with nodes runing SR OS 15.0
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
234
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
SERVICE ROUTER PRODUCT TECHNOLOGY AND FEATURES DESCRIPTION
Course Number TER36203
Delivery Type InstructorLed Training – 3d
Description Overall Description:
This course assumes that the students have basic knowledge of SR7750 Router as
taught in TER36066W. Building on that knowledge the course gives an overview of
additional features like resiliency, Enhanced Subscriber Management, QoS, and the use
of MSISM/ISA as IPSec or Wireless LAN Gateway. In this course we only look at the
theoretical functions not at the configuration.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe Multichassis resilience
• Explain Multichassis synchronization
• Describe Multichassis Link Aggregation Group
• Explain Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management (CFM)
• Explain Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol
• Describe G.8032 Ethernet Ring Protection Switching
• Explain pseudowire redundancy
• List Core Scalability and Resiliency Features
• Explain Bidirectional Forwarding Detection
• Describe Provider Backbone Bridging and SPBM
• List the features of Seamless MPLS
• Describe the function of BGP Fast Reroute
• Describe the two options available to deal with traffic burstiness on the SROS:
policing and shaping
• Describe Queues and Policers and their relation to shaping and policing
• Describe Default and Hierarchical Scheduling
• Explain the need for Egress Port Scheduling and the cooperation with Hierarchical and
default queues
• Describe the function of Class Fair Hierarchical Policing
• List the advantages of Queue Groups
• Explain Enhanced Subscriber Management
• Describe IPSecGW
• List the possibilities of WlanGW
• List the functions and use of MSISM / ISA
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
235
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
SERVICE ROUTER PRODUCT TECHNOLOGY AND FEATURES DESCRIPTION - CONTINUED
Course Number TER36203 (cont’d)
Description Course Outline:
• Course overview
• Resilience overview
• Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol
• Multichassis Link Aggregation Group
• Multichassis synchronization
• Pseudowire with MCLAG for VLL services
• G.8032 Ethernet Ring Protection Switching
• Provider Backbone Bridging SPBM
• Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management
• Bidirectional Forwarding Detection
• BGP FRR
• Seamless MPLS
• Enhanced Subscriber Management
• Intro to Queues and Policers
• Default and Hierarchical Scheduling
• Egress Port Scheduler
• Class Fair Hierarchical Policing
• Queue Groups
• IPSecGW
• WLAN GW
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
This course assumes that the students have basic knowledge of SR7750 Router as taught
in TER36066W. Partners should have completed the required certification path preceding
this course.
Required
Equipment
A traditional classroom setup
236
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
SERVICE ROUTER PRODUCT CONFIGURATION AND OPERATION
Course Number TER36204
Delivery Type InstructorLed Training – 4d
Description Overall Description:
This course is mainly devoted to providing students with a comprehensive handson training on
fundamental SROS features, including IP routing, MPLS, services, Quality of Service and resilience.
As a prerequisite, students need to take the course “TER36066W – SR OS Fundamentals” to get
familiar with the relevant concepts.
The course starts with basic material dealing with IP networking and the OSPF and ISIS routing
protocols. After that, it describes how MPLS can be used to create tunnels that will carry traffic
from one customer location to another, and how traffic engineering and resilience can be added
to them. It also explains how to use LDP, RSVPTE and BGP for MPLS label signaling. Next, the course
describes how to configure different types of services, including Epipes, VPLS, IES and VPRN. Lastly,
the course explains how to create and apply Quality of Service policies for service differentiation.
Course Objectives:
Upon completion of this course, participants should be able to describe:
• How to log into a Nokia service router • How to verify that the hardware is properly configured and operational
• How to configure IP interfaces
• The fundamentals of IP routing
• The concept of link state protocols
• How to configure and verify the OSPF routing protocol
• How to configure and verify the ISIS routing protocol
• The benefits of multicast routing
• How the IGMP protocol can be used to identify the intended receivers of multicast IP packets
• How the PIM protocol can be used to determine the path that multicast traffic will follow from
the source to the multiple receivers
• LDP and RSVPTE as MPLS label signaling protocols
• Traffic engineering capabilities of RSVPTE
• Resilience techniques used by both LDP and RSVPTE
• The concept of Seamless MPLS and its advantages
• The preliminary steps required prior to service configuration
• How to configure and verify Epipe, VPLS, IES and VPRN services
• Multichassis LAGs and redundant pseudowires as techniques to provide services in which the
customer is redundantly connected to service provider routers (multihomed)
• The concept of Quality of Service (QoS) and why it is needed in telecommunications networks
• The two options available to deal with traffic burstiness on the SROS: policing and shaping
• The fact that both queues and policer can share bandwidth hierarchically
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
237
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
SERVICE ROUTER PRODUCT CONFIGURATION AND OPERATION – CONTINUED
Course Number TER36204 (cont’d)
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
This course is intended for students who have taken TER6066W SROS Fundamentals
eLearning and TER36203 Service Router Product Technology and Features. Knowledge of
SROS concepts included in this course is required. The focus of TER36204 is on providing
comprehensive hands on experience.
Required
Equipment
Lab equipment includes
• 8 sims
• 4 PCs
Software on the Lab PCs includes:
• Video player (VLC or equivalent), able to send a video stream out to a multicast
address and using UDP with a configurable port number. A video file is also required
to be played by this application
• FTP server (3CDaemon or equivalent) to enable the transfer of files between PCs
• FTP client (FileZilla or equivalent) to be able to open an FTP session with the server
and start a file transfer from one PC to the other. A large file is also required to be
transferred by this application
238
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA FUNDAMENTALS OF OPTICAL NETWORK DESIGN
Course Number TOP00004
Delivery Type InstructorLed Training – 3d
Description Overall Description:
1830 Design Fundamentals Course
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
239
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA ADVANCED OPTICAL NETWORK DESIGN
Course Number TOP00005
Delivery Type InstructorLed Training – 5d
Description Overall Description:
1830 Advanced Optical Design Course
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
240
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA OPTICAL DIAGNOSTICS & TROUBLESHOOTING
Course Number TOP00007
Delivery Type InstructorLed Training – 4d
Description Overall Description:
Nokia Optical Diagnostics & Troubleshooting
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
241
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA OPTICAL PRODUCT OVERVIEW
Course Number TOP00008W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 45min
Description This course covers the Optical Product Portfolio and provides information about
how the products should be positioned with the customer.
Course Objectives:
• Learn more about identifying customer needs
• Understand the Nokia innovation (products)
• Be able to follow the migration from manual to automatic network provisioning
• Learn more about Network simplification
This course will cover:
• Challenges faced by market segments
• Nokia Optical investment points
• Challenges faced by market segments
• Agile Optical Networking
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Background in Sales and Optical Networks
Required
Equipment
None
242
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
MICROWAVE BASICS
Course Number TOP00009W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 1h45min
Description Overall Description:
This course will cover the basics of microwave technology as well as understanding
microwave propagation and the outline some of the conditions that affect microwave
propagation.
Course Objectives:
• To learn about Microwave Transmission
• To understand Microwave Propagation
• To understand the conditions that affect Microwave Propagation
• How path design considerations can affect those propagation
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
243
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
MICROWAVE PORTFOLIO OVERVIEW
Course Number TOP00010W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
This course cover the portfolio overview of the 9500 MPR.
Course Objectives:
• To cover the market environment for Microwave globally
• To give a background in Nokia Wireless Transmission
• The value propositions of our products
• A portfolio overview of the Nokia Microwave products
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
244
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) ENGINEERING & PLANNING TOOL (EPT) R8.X FOR GPP
Course Number TOP00014W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 6h
Description This course provides the latest information on the Engineering Planning Tool (EPT)
for the 1830 PSS, as of R8.
The course will begin with a brief review of the 1830 PSS, followed by an
introduction to the EPT and user interface. Various network design scenarios will
be used to demonstrate how to design and/or modify a network configuration.
The course will consist of a mix of instructor presentation and handson exercises.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe the purpose of the EPT
• Identify key elements of the EPT user interface
• Explain how to use the EPT to design and/or modify an existing network
configuration
• Describe the reports available with the EPT
• Identify common troubleshooting scenarios
Course Outline:
• Introduction
• 1830 PSS Product Review
• GUI Overview
• Designing a Network
• Basic Troubleshooting and Closing Remarks
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Students should already have a general understanding of optical networking
fundamentals, as well as a familiarity with the 1830 PSS product family.
Required
Equipment
None
245
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
WDM TECHNOLOGY - GPP
Course Number TOP18075W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 3h
Description This training provides participants with a complete overview of WDM Technology.
Course Objectives:
• Describe the main transmission concepts and the related devices involved in an
optical link
• Describe the main impairments occurring within an optical fiber
• Quote the related solutions used to compensate these impairments
• Quote the 5 laser classes according to their risks
• Describe a safety mechanism which can be implemented within a network
element
• Explain the reasons for deploying a WDM network
• Describe the basic WDM technology and the operational concepts
• Describe the functions of the major components used in WDM
• Quote the main monitoring parameters related to the transmission quality
• Explain the propagation penalties due to the wavelength multiplexing
• Describe the possible ways to improve the signal transmission
• Describe a WDM terrestrial network in terms of topology, protection and
supervision
Course Outline:
• Optical Fiber Transmission – Fundamentals
• WDM Technology – Fundamentals
• WDM Terrestrial Networks
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
246
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) - 16/32 SWDM OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
Course Number TOP30003W
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 3h
Description Overall Description:
This course is based primarily on the 1830 PSS32/16 user operations and maintenance. The
course will discuss the hardware and perform various provisioning procedures as well as
maintenance techniques that are performed for the 1830 PSS32/16 shelf. This course combines
both lecture and labs, with significant time for handson experience.
Course Objectives:
At the conclusion of this course, the student will be able to log into a shelf, perform provisioning
exercises on a standalone shelf, the circuit packs and individual circuits. Perform handson
provisioning exercises for TOADM and TOADM linear applications and identify the hardware and
software features for release 7.
Course Outline:
• Introduction: course structure
• Basics: 1830 PSS32/16 product introduction, introduce and review terminology TOADM,
FOADM, ROADM etc.
• Hardware: circuit packs, shelf, powering, 1830 building blocks (OT's, CWR, WR, Amplifiers) that
comprise a typical WDM NE etc.
• Operations: protection options, user panel and interfaces
• NE Setup: provisioning for a standalone NE shelf, handson provisioning exercises for shelf
setup
• System Turnup and Testing: handson system provisioning, TOADM and Linear TOADM
applications using EPT configuration files for commissioning the system. Instructor led
classroom or lab delivery only
Note: this course does not cover the use of EPT design and creation of the EPT file used, it must
be provided based on the equipment configuration to be commissioned. Also the WebUI
commissioning power balancing tool (CPB) and the 1354RMPhM will be used in the handson
exercises for the power commissioning in a classroom environment only.
• Maintenance: Wavelength Tracker, logs, reports, alarms, etc. Handson maintenance exercises.
• Administration: user accounts, logins, security, database backups/restore etc. Handson
administration exercises.
• Service creation exercises: handson provisioning exercises for a variety of the circuit pack
options
Note: that the handson procedures in this lesson maybe be optional based on lab equipment
configuration and they do not include all the circuit packs options offered in the 1830 portfolio.
They can be delivered based on instructor and customer preference. They are design around the
Plano lab equipment configuration.
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
247
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) - 16/32 R8.X SWDM OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - CONTINUED
Course Number TOP30003W (cont’d)
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Students must be familiar with computers and their operations and must be familiar with
DWDM telecommunications systems and their operations. All students must first attend
TOP54079W 1830 PSS Introduction, 1830 PSS TOP54080W Hardware and Architecture
web based training.
Required
Equipment
Current 1830 PSS32/16 shelves with the latest software must be available in a lab with
plenty of room for students to maneuver. A lab or classroom requires Ethernet
connections that will allow students to access live shelves. A typical classroom setup with
a projector capable of interfacing with a computer so that PowerPoint presentation can
be displayed for the class. A whiteboard with markers is also recommended.
This class maybe be delivered in a virtual vILT environment. However, not all the lessons
can be delivered virtually.
248
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
1830 PSS-4 R WDM OPERATION & MAINTENANCE
Course Number TOP30016W
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 2h
Description Overall Description:
This course is designed to enable you to Identify PSS4 capabilities, hardware and
software features, craft interfaces used to monitor and provision the system.
Course Objectives:
• Define what an 1830 PSS4 edge device is
• Define how the 1830 PSS4 fits into the telecommunications network
• Describe the topology and system architecture of the 1830 PSS4
• Identify the system hardware
• Perform system provisioning
• Perform maintenance and alarm clearing procedures
Course Outline:
• Introduction
• Product description
• Turnup
• User procedures
• Maintenance
• DWDM overview
• Define what an 1830 PSS4 edge device is
• Define how the 1830 PSS4 fits into the telecommunications network
• Describe the topology and system architecture of the 1830 PSS4
• Identify the system hardware
• Perform system provisioning
• Perform maintenance and alarm clearing procedures
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Students should have already taken TOP54079W which will provide a good introduction
to the 1830 PSS products.
Required
Equipment
This class will require:
• A classroom with a whiteboard and desks
• A lab with a PSS4 shelf for every 2 students
249
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
1830 PSS-4 INSTALLATION, TEST AND TURN UP
Course Number TOP30020W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 4h
Description Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, the participant will be able to:
• Identify features of the Nokia 1830 PSS4
• Describe the topology and system architecture of the 1830 PSS4
• Describe the Nokia1830 PSS4 shelf design
• Properly install the 1830 PSS4 shelf
• Perform system provisioning
• Identify and perform user operations procedures to turn up the system
• Connect the network elements to the line
• Launch a confidence trial to check the stability of the system
Course Outline:
• System General Description
• Installation
• System Turnup
• User Operations Procedures
• Link Test and Confidence Trial
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
Candidates should have a good Installation background, good knowledge on computer
usage, and some WDM background.
250
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) 4 ARCHITECTURE AND HARDWARE - GPP
Course Number TOP30040W
Delivery Type WebBased Training –1h
Description This course is designed to enable you to Identify PSS4 capabilities, Release 8.x
hardware and architecture.
Course Objectives:
• Define what an 1830 PSS4 edge device is
• Define how the 1830 PSS4 fits into the telecommunications network
• Describe the topology and system architecture of the 1830 PSS4
• Identify the system hardware
Course Outline:
• Introduction
• Product description
• DWDM overview
• Define how the 1830 PSS4 fits into the telecommunications network
• Describe the topology and system architecture of the 1830 PSS4
• Identify the system hardware
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
251
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
1830 PSS-4/8/16/16II/32 HW ENGINEERING, INSTALLATION & BASIC COMMISSIONING R9
Course Number TOP30043
Delivery Type InstructorLed Training – 5d
Description Course Objectives:
This class is delivered at not costs for ALU employees. The class is the successor of
TOP30019 and TOP30011 and covers ETSI and ANSI configurations.
This class is designed specifically for the Installation resources that will be deploying the
PSS 8/16/32 in the field at Customer Locations.
Test at the end: Students will be given a written and practical test. The passing grade is
80%,
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Understand HW Engineering requirements and outputs
• Utilize available documentation to assist in installing the 1830 PSS8/16/32
equipment
• Identify shelf, circuit pack, and cabling requirements
• Mount the 1830 PSS8/16/32 shelves.
• Attach power and ground to the 1830 PSS8/16/32 shelves.
• Power up the shelf
• Install the network element software
• Add IP addresses
Course Outline:
• HW Engineering (front office & back office) overview
• 1830 PSS8/16/32 Hardware Overview
• Physical mounting
• Power and Grounding
• Mandatory cards & Fiber installation
• Installation of network element software
• Adding IP address
Objectives
Pass online and practical Exam at the end of the course.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Candidates should have a good Installation background, good knowledge on computer
usage, and general optics background. Installers are required to bring their laptops
with them to the class.
Required
Equipment
None
252
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
1830 PSS 16/32 R 9.X L1 MAINTENANCE
Course Number TOP42018W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 6h
Description Overall Description:
This course covers HW mechanic aspects and L1 maintenance procedures applicable to
the 1830 PSS 16/32 equipment.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Illustrate the main cards + mechanics + interfaces of the equipment
• Illustrate the card alarms
• Perform the L1 maintenance procedures
Course Outline:
• Introduction
• Basics
• Hardware
• Interfaces
• Maintenance
• L1 maintenance procedures
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Before attending this course, the participant should have attended TOP54079W 1830
PSS Introduction and TOP54080W 1830 PSS 1632 Architecture and Hardware.
Required
Equipment
None
253
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
1830 PSS-8/16II O&M
Course Number TOP51001W
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 3d
Description Overall Description:
This course is based primarily on the 1830 PSS8/16II user operations and maintenance.
The course will discuss the hardware and perform various provisioning procedures as well
as maintenance techniques that are performed for the 1830 PSS8/16II shelf.
This course combines both lecture and labs, with significant time for handson experience.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Identify the hardware and software features for R8.x
• Log into a shelf
• Perform provisioning exercises on a standalone shelf, the circuit packs and individual
circuits
Course Outline:
• Introduction
• 1830 PSS8/16II hardware and functional description
• NE provisioning
• Service creation exercises
• Maintenance
• Administration
• Appendix 1 OT
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Students must be familiar with computers and their operations and must be familiar with
WDM telecommunications systems and their operations.
Required
Equipment
1830 PSS8/16II shelves with SW rel. 8.x loaded.
A lab or classroom requires Ethernet connections that will allow students to access live
shelves. A typical classroom setup with a projector capable of interfacing with a computer
so that PowerPoint presentation can be displayed for the class. A whiteboard with markers
is also recommended.
This class maybe be delivered in a virtual vILT environment.
254
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) R9.X INTRODUCTION
Course Number TOP54079W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 2h
Description This course provides an introduction to the 1830 PSS16/32/36/64 R8.x
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe the 1830 PSS R9.x product family
• Explain the 1830 PSS R9.x network topology applications
Course Outline:
• 1830 PSS Product family
• 1830 PSS Converged architecture
• Network application
• Control Plane
• Management
• Summary
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
• General knowledge of digital telecommunications and SONET/SDH standards
• General knowledge of OTH/DWDM standards
• General knowledge of Ethernet over SONET/SDH standards
Required
Equipment
None
255
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) SWDM R9.X ARCHITECTURE AND HARDWARE
Course Number TOP54080W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 1h
Description This course provides an introduction to the 1830 PSS 16/32 WDM R9.x. It covers key
features and functions, system architecture and hardware description of the
photonic compound.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe the photonic compound key features
• Describe the photonic compound hardware components
• Explain the system architecture of the photonic compound
Course Outline:
• Key features
• Hardware description
• System architecture
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
• General knowledge of digital telecommunications and SONET/SDH standards
• General knowledge of OTH/DWDM standards
• General knowledge of Ethernet over SONET/SDH standards
Required
Equipment
None
256
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
1350 OMS R12 PRODUCT OVERVIEW - GPP
Course Number TOP63107W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 1h
Description Overall Description:
This course aims to provide an overview of the management system layers: 1350 OMS
EML, 1350 OMS OTN including the GMRE features. It addresses the 1830 PSS SWDM (4,
16, 32) equipment. It provides also an inside of the 1350 OMS rel. 12 evolution features.
Course Objectives:
• Describe Telecommunication Management Network (TMN)
• Describe applications and components of 1350 OMS
• Explain the 1350 OMSEML functions
• Describe1350 OMS applications
• Explain 1350 OMS network construction
• Explain path and trails management
• Describe implementation of protection services OTN alarms and Fault management
• Explain 1350 OMS OTN performance monitoring
• Describe architecture and features of ASON
• Explain control plane benefits
• Explain ASON configuration on 1350 OMS Describe ASON routing
• Describe the features of 1350 OMS R12 evolution
Course Outline:
• 1350 OMS EML
• 1350 OMS OTN
• ASON GMRE features and implementation
• 1350 OMS R12 Evolution features
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Basic telecom
Required
Equipment
None
257
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
1350 OMS R.13.3 MANAGED PLANE FOR 1830 PSS WDM O&M
Course Number TOP63113
Delivery Type InstructorLed Training – 4d
Description Overall Description:
This is an Operation and Maintenance course aiming to show how to manage a network made of
1830 PSS WDM equipment at managed plane level. In the course we will learn how to take a NE
under 1350 OMS supervision, how to create maps and network topologies, how to set up the
services and how to perform maintenance.
Course Objectives:
Upon completion of this course you will learn how to:
• use the 1350 OMS Graphical interface • create NE and supervise them
• configure an 1830 PSS WDM
• construct a network representing the physical one
• perform service provisioning
• perform NE and Network maintenance
Course Outline:
• Course Introduction
• 1350 OMS graphical interface
• NE creation and supervision
• EQM
• OTH_overview
• Network construction
• Link connections
• Service provisionig
• Path_and_Trail_Management
• Wavelength_Tracker
• Cross_Connections
• Services_Protection_and_Regeneration
• Maintenance
• 1350OMS_OTN_Alarms
• PM_Management
• NE_MIB_backup_and_restore
• NE software download
• Security
• CPB tool
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Participants must have already attended an Operation & Maintenance course on 1830 PSS WDM
from local management.
Required
Equipment
1350OMS with Presentation, EML and OTN instances installed PC platform: for details concerning
the PC setup and requirements please refer to Nokia document ""1350 OMS Administration Guide:
Common GUI Functions"". Network Element: one 1830PSS for each couple of trainees is
recommended. The NE type, among Nokia 1830 PSS portfolio, must be equivalent to the Customer
deployed network. Nokia 1830 PSS portfolio: 1830 PSS4 1830 PSS8 1830 PSS16 1830
PSS 16 II 1830 PSS32
258
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
VITALSUITE PRICING AND SIZING
Course Number TOS00001V
Delivery Type Virtual Instructor-Led Training – 2h
Description Overall Description:
In this session, students will learn about the VitalSuite RTU license model, as well as
mapping device types to RTU. By using a sample customer environment, students will
learn how to calculate the RTU license required, price VitalSuite and generate a server
architecture.
Course Objectives:
Upon completion of the course students will be able to:
• Price VitalSuite
• Generate a server architecture
Proof of competence will be determined in a followup meeting with the instructor, based
on results of a postclass assignment.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Completion of presales training curriculum
Required
Equipment
Students must bring to the course a customer environment that needs to be to be priced
and sized.
259
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
TSM 8000 FUNDAMENTALS
Course Number TOS00022W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 3h
Description Overall Description:
This course describes the main TSM 8000 applications and its network architecture. It
provides an overview of the user interface and explains the main operations that you can
perform via this user interface. .
Course Objectives:
This course provides information about the TSM 8000 Network Manager through demos
made in the TSM 8000 client application.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
260
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
WHEN/WHY NETWORK MANAGEMENT FOR MICROWAVE
Course Number TOS00023W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
This course covers the portfolio overview of the 9500 MPR network management.
Course Objectives:
This course answers the following question "Which Network management for the XHaul
solutions?" by comparing the key points of the 2 microwave management platforms: the
5620 SAM and the TSM8000.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
261
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
VITALSUITE INSTALLATION AND ADMINISTRATION
Course Number TOS00050
Delivery Type InstructorLed Training – 5d
Description Overall Description:
In this session, students will learn how to install the VitalSuite application and network
performance management solution on a Windows Server. This course will cover various
VitalSuite capabilities and information on administration functions such as device and
resource discovery, threshold configuration, domain creation, agent installation, report
definition and more, to customize VitalSuite to meet the monitoring requirements.
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to :
• Deploy VitalSuite components (ex. VitalNet, VitalApps, VitalART, and VitalRealtime)
• Complete basic maintenance and troubleshooting tasks
• Configure the VitalSuite solution to monitor applications and network
• Identify VitalSuite key capabilities to effectively manage the environment
Proof of competence will be determined in a follow-up meeting with the instructor,
based on results of a postclass assignment.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Understanding of application and network environment, including experience in software
and hardware environment.
Required
Equipment
Laptop computer
262
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
VITALQIP INSTALLATION
Course Number TOS00201W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 1h30
Description Overall Description:
This session will provide administrators with a guided installation training for the
VitalQIP IP address management solution in various deployment scenarios.
Course Objectives:
The session will provide training on installation of VitalQIP in software and appliance
deployments.
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Basic operating system knowledge
Required
Equipment
None
263
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NFM-P NETWORK AND SERVICE TROUBLESHOOTING
Course Number TOS36025
Delivery Type InstructorLed Training – 4d
Description Overall Description:
This course provides participants with techniques, skills and best practices for
troubleshooting network and service problems with the 5620 SAM. Through extensive
practical examples and handson exercises, participants will develop skills at using SAM
alarms, statistics, the navigation tree, and the service test manager as troubleshooting
tools. This is an instructorled course and provides each student with extensive handson
equipment training from a Nokia lab environment.
Course Objectives:
Upon completion of the course, students will be able to:
• Understand the general methodology and tools available to troubleshoot network
and service problems with the 5620 SAM.
• Manage alarms and effectively use them to identify the source of problems in the
network.
• Use navigation trees and topology views to help isolate problems.
• Use the Service Test Manager to create, schedule and run test suites.
• Describe the types of statistics that can be collected with the 5620 SAM and the
situations where performance and accounting statistics can be useful for
troubleshooting.
• Use the 5620 SAM to troubleshoot common network routing issues.
• Use the 5620 SAM to monitor, optimize and troubleshoot MPLS LSPs.
• Use the 5620 SAM to validate, monitor and troubleshoot problems with Layer 2 and
Layer 3 services.
• Use the Policy Audit tool to track policy changes and identify local and global policy
mismatches.
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
264
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NFM-P NETWORK AND SERVICE TROUBLESHOOTING - CONTINUED
Course Number TOS3625 (cont’d)
Description Course Outline:
• Module 1 – Introduction to Troubleshooting with the 5620 SAM
Get a general overview of using SAM to troubleshoot a network and the benefits it
can provide a customer.
• Module 2 – SAM Alarms
Provides an in-depth understanding of alarms and alarm management within SAM.
Emphasis is placed on using best practices and using alarms to troubleshoot
common network issues.
• Module 3 – Navigation Trees
Gives an overview of how navigation trees can be used for troubleshooting. Includes
trees in particular object forms such as the service component tree.
• Module 4 – Topology Views
Provides an overview of topology views and how they can be used for
troubleshooting.
• Module 5 – Service Test Manager
Provides an in-depth view of the Service Test Manager. Introduces all tools and
highlights examples of using these tools to troubleshoot particular scenarios.
Particular attention is paid to using a best-practices approach.
• Module 6 – Statistics
Provides an overview of how to use performance and accounting statistics for
troubleshooting.
• Module 7 – Troubleshooting IGP
Describes how various tools can be used to troubleshoot common IGP issues.
Emphasis is placed on using a best-practices approach
• Module 8 – Troubleshooting MPLS
Provides a thorough overview of the tools available to troubleshoot MPLS problems
and provides examples of how to use these tools to troubleshoot common LSP and
MPLS issues
• Module 9 – Troubleshooting services
Provides an in-depth view of how to use SAM to troubleshoot service level issues.
The goal is to show all the tools necessary, then provide examples of using these
tools to troubleshoot particular services and scenarios. Particular attention is paid
to using a best-practices approach.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
265
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
ACM TENDERING TOOL
Course Number TOS00025W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
Video to show how to use the ACM tool to configure the 9500 MPR for the needed
application and obtain the relevant BOQ (list of necessary equipment materials, RTU (SW
licenses), installation materials and antennas).
Course Objectives:
To let preparation of BOQ for each required and available network solution
Course Outline:
Video presentation on the BOQ preparation with the proprietary ACM tool
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Background on MW systems and on 9500 MPR Packet Radio system
Required
Equipment
None
266
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
5620 SAM (SERVICE AWARE MANAGER) R14.0 FUNDAMENTALS
Course Number TOS36033WS0K
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 8h
Description The 5620 SAM R13.0 Fundamentals training course features a balance of theory modules and
handson interactive software simulation exercises to provide technical personnel and network
operators with foundations for using SAM to: perform network equipment discovery, management,
monitoring and supervision; identify alarms rose against equipment and services; obtain details
about alarm management and filtering, alarm types, severity, status and correlation.
This course includes video presentations, stepbystep Job Aid documents, and interactive
software simulation handson exercises.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• List the 5620 SAM functions and main features
• Identify the 5620 SAM Applications and their function, the components of the 5620 SAM
management system, and the elements 5620 SAM GUI
• Describe the GUI workspace customization capabilities and identify the workspace elements that
can be customized
• Use the 5620 SAM navigation tree views to perform equipment management operations
• Discover network element (NE) devices on 5620 SAM
• Use 5620 SAM topology maps to manage the network and display the status of network devices
and services
• Manage the User activity logs to view information about the actions performed by each 5620
SAM client
• Generate file inventory lists for a managed device or for the entire network
• Use the 5620 SAM GUI and Fault Management SAM Application to identify alarms raised against
equipment and services, including alarm types, severity, status and correlation details
• Use the dynamic alarm list to filter and search for alarms, display correlated alarms, view alarm
history and open alarm information details
• Identify the 5620 SAM statistics collection capabilities
• Use the 5620 SAM to collect, display and save to a file performance statistics in tabular or
graphical forms for selected objects
Course Outline:
Section 1: Product Overview
• 5620 SAM Overview
• 5620 SAM Modularity
• 5620 SAM Features Overview
Section 2: System Overview
• System Architecture
• Launch the SAM GUI
• GUI Components
• SAM Windows and Forms Components and Management
• Finding Information in SAM GUI Client
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
267
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
5620 SAM (SERVICE AWARE MANAGER) R14.0 FUNDAMENTALS - CONTINUED
Course Number TOS36033WS0K (cont’d)
Description Section 2: System Overview (cont’d)
• SAM GUI Client Workspaces
• Launch SAM Applications
Section 3: Network Management
• Node Preparation for SAM Discovery
• Network Element Discovery
• Equipment Management
• Equipment Inventory
• Topology Map Components and management
• Topology Map Info Tables
• Topology Map Flat Maps
• User Activity
Section 4: Fault Management
• Alarm Status and Severity
• Alarm Correlation, Affecting and Aggregated Alarms
• Dynamic Alarm List
• Alarm Information Form
• Alarm Management tools
• Fault Management App – Overview
• Fault Management App Views
• Fault Management App – Alarm Impact and Correlation
• Object Life Cycle State
• Historical Alarms
Section 5: Performance Management
• 5620 SAM Statistics Overview
• Performance Statistics
Section 6: Operations Administration Tools
• Network Element Backup and Restore
• Node Preparation for Discovery (NETCONF)
• Golden Config
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
268
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
5620 SAM (SERVICE AWARE MANAGER) R13.0 SERVICES OPERATIONS AND PROVISIONING
Course Number TOS36042
Delivery Type InstructorLed Training – 4d
Description Overall Description:
This course provides handson foundation knowledge on how to provision and manage
IP/MPLS services using the Nokia 5620 SAM. Using a combination of theoretical discussion
and handson exercises this instructorled course walk students through the steps for
using the 5620 SAM to deploy and monitor virtual private network (VPN) and residential
services in a service provider's multiprotocol label switching (MPLS) network.
This course covers the provisioning of various services including: virtual private LAN
service (VPLS); Virtual lease line (VLL) services; Internet enhanced service (IES); virtual
private routed network service (VPRN); and composite services. Service supervision, OAM
diagnostics, service test manager (STM), and mirroring using the 5620 SAM are also
covered.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Explain the Nokia service concept,
• Describe the components of a service,
• Describe the VPLS, VLL, IES, and VPRN services and the steps to provision each,
• Identify alarm impacts, correlation, and affected objects, for services using the 5620
SAM Service Supervision Application,
• Describe and apply OAM diagnostic tests available for a service network,
• Describe the function of the Service Test Manager and the associated test policies,
suites, and groups,
• Define the function and steps to implement service mirrors,
• Define the function, composition and steps to provision a composite service,
• Explain the highlevel requirement for QoS in serviceaware networks
Course Outline:
Section 1: Overview
• Service Overview
• Network Architecture
• 5620 SAM Service Management Overview
• Common Service Management Actions Lab
Section 2: Service structure
• Service Components
• Service Tunnel Creation Lab
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
269
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
5620 SAM (SERVICE AWARE MANAGER) R13.0 SERVICES OPERATIONS AND PROVISIONING - CONTINUED
Course Number TOS36042 (cont’d)
Description 3. Service Types and Configuration
• VPLS • VLL
• IES
• VPRN
Labs:
• VPLS Configuration
• VLL Epipe Configuration
• VLL Cpipe Configuration • IES Configuration
• VPRN Configuration 4. Service Supervision
• Service Supervision Application Overview
• Service Views and Lists
• Service Alarm Views and Lists
Labs:
• Service Supervision Application Navigation
• Service Views and Lists Navigation
• Alarm Views and Lists Navigation 5. Service and Network Tests
• OAM Diagnostics Overview
• Service Test Manager
• Service Throughput Tests
Labs:
• VPLS OAM Test Configuration
• VLL OAM Test Configuration
• Generated STM Test Configuration
• Service Throughput Test Configuration 6. 5620 SAM Service Constructs
• Mirror Service
• Composite Service
Labs:
• Service Mirror Configuration
• Composite Service Configuration
• Routed VPLS Configuration
7. Service Classification and Forwarding
• QoS Policy
• QoS policy Application Lab Optional Modules
This course is designed to give students the flexibility to extend the course by selecting one or
more of the optional modules below.
Additional VLLs
• VLL Ipipe Configuration
• VLL Apipe Configuration
Additional Service and Network Tests
• RCA Audit
• RCA Audit on a VLL Service Lab
Additional 5620 SAM Service Constructs
• Dyna
270
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7950 XRS / 7750 SR / 7705 SAR / 7210 SAS INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING
Course Number TTP33018
Delivery Type InstructorLed Training – 4d
Description Course Objectives:
This course will provide the participant with a thorough understanding of the installation procedures of the
chassis, cards, modules, and power units for the entire range of IP routing products which include the 7950
XRS, 7750 SR, 7705 SAR and 7210 SAS product portfolio. The participant will also learn through the command
line how to perform basic commissioning for this product portfolio.
Course Outline:
Installation elements covered in this course:
• Site preparation: rack requirements, power requirements, grounding
• Cable management: handling, routing, labeling
• Hardware installation: rack, power, cables, circuit packs, modules, SFPs
• Troubleshooting: procedures, remedial action
Commissioning elements covered in this course:
• Manual commissioning: connection, basic commands via CLI and using prebuild configuration
• Software upgrades and activation
• Troubleshooting: card, port and bootup troubleshooting procedures and remedial action
• Advanced topics (automation tools, etc,)
Course Modules:
Module 1 Introduction
Module 2 7210 SAS Site Preparation
Module 3 7210 SAS Installation
Module 4 7210 SAS Commissioning with Prebuilt Configuration
Module 5 7210 SAS Commissioning via CLI
Module 6 7705 SAR Site Preparation
Module 7 7705 SAR Installation
Module 8 7705 SAR Manual Commissioning with Prebuilt Configuration
Module 9 7210 SAR Manual Commissioning via CLI
Module 10 7210 SAR Automatic Commissioning using RATT
Module 11 7750 SR/7450 ESS Site Preparation
Module 12 7750 SR/7450 ESS Installation
Module 13 7950 XRS/7750 SR12E Site Preparation
Module 14 7950 XRS Installation
Module 15 7750 SR12E Installation Module 16 7x50 Commissioning
**Note: the written and practical examination portion of this class will occur on day 5, immediately following
the course completion**
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Mandatory Course Prerequisites:
• ESD & Calibration Certification – eLearning – LMQ114W
• Fiber Cleaning: InspectCleanInspectConnect (ICIC) Process – eLearning OAP00050W
• 7750 SR/7450 ESS Product Overview – eLearningTER36095W
• 7950 XRS Product Overview –eLearningTER36082W
• 7705 SAR 6.0 Product Overview – eLearning TER36084W
• 7210 SAS 6.0 Product Overview – eLearning TER36058W
Required
Equipment None
271
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
MICROWAVE TECHNOLOGY OVERVIEW
Course Number TTP63011W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 2h
Description Overall Description:
This WBT covers the Microwave Technology Overview.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, you will become familiar with:
• The Microwave Technology: which is the wireless alternative to optical fiber or cables
for realizing a link between two points of the earth surface
• The aim of this course: which is that of understanding what is specifically a Microwave
Radio Link, which frequencies are used, its generic structure, and its different
equipment configurations
Course Outline:
• Definition and Applications
• Radio Frequency Spectrum Utilization
• Generic structure of a Radio
• Different Equipment Configurations Protection & Multichannel
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
272
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
9500 MPR INSTALLATION, TEST & TURN UP (NON NAR)
Course Number TWT18005
Delivery Type InstructorLed Training – 3d
Description Overall Description:
In this handson course designed for technicians to install and commission the 9500MPR,
learners configure radio links. Their level is assessed throughout the course.
Course Objectives:
The participant will be able to carry out the installation, configuration, acceptance tests,
and troubleshooting of the 9500 MPR link.
Course Outline:
• Understanding the equipment features and characteristics
• Referring to the technical documentation (Engineering Nokia/customer requirements
for installation)
• Installation and use of the Craft Terminal software
• Installation of the outdoor equipment: antenna, radio, wiring
• Installation of the indoor equipment: fixing of the subrack, wiring
• Performing the configuration of the equipment
• Performing the antennas alignment and the receive power measurement
• Executing the Site Acceptance Test Procedure and filling in the Test Result Sheet
At the end of the training session, the trainer evaluates the capacity of each trainee to carry
out the whole installation and commissioning procedure in total autonomy (see evaluation
sheet).
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
• General knowledge on Telecommunication Transport Networks
• Knowledge on Microwave Radio Links (installation, commissioning, troubleshooting)
• Knowledge on XPIC and space diversity applications highly recommended
• Knowledge on Ethernet protocol (RFC2544), SDH/PDH
• Experience on PC and Windows applications
• Microwave links installation experience is mandatory
Prior to enrolling, the participants should make sure that their "Working at Height"
certificate is up to date, as this may be requested by the Nokia trainer.
Required
Equipment
• A traditional classroom setup, overhead projector, screen and a whiteboard or easel with
markers
• A school link: minimum configuration 1+1 full protection. A third subrack with one core
board is to be foreseen to teach the pseudo wiring capabilities (TDM to Ethernet
aggregation)
• Installation materials and test equipment
273
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
9500 MPR HARDWARE INSTALLATION - GPP
Course Number TWT18014W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 1h
Description Overall Description:
Overall description of the 9500 MPR hardware installation.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, the participant will be able to carry out the installation of 9500
MPR link.
Course Outline:
• Tools and references
• Installations of MSS 8, MSS4, MSS1c
• Description of different MPT (MPT HC with cobox, MPT HC without cobox, MPT HC XPIC,
MPT MC)
• Description of different couplers(OMT and CP) • Polarization description for coupler
and MPT
• Outdoor installation : 1+1 MPT HC with cobox, MPT HC without cobox, MPT MC
• RJ45 connector realization for MPT HC with cobox
• RJ45 AND R2CT connector realization
• Description of connections between MPT and MPT access card on MSS
• Descriptions of Indoor/Outdoor data & power connections for MPT HC, MPT MC
• Installation cards description for MSS8 and MSS4
• Indoor connections description( E1, synchronization) for MSS8, MSS4, MSS1c
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Hardware Deployment Professional of microwave radio link systems
Required
Equipment
A laptop to read the video installation
274
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
9500 MPR GLOBAL MARKET NODE (MSS-1/MSS-4/MSS-8) R6.0 FUNCTIONAL AND HARDWARE
DESCRIPTION -GPP
Course Number TWT42035W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 2h15
Description Overall Description:
In this training, a description of the hardware architecture and main features of the
9500MPR is provided. This course can be taken in addition to the 9500MPR common
functionalityO&M course.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe the basic concepts of the 9500 MPR
• Describe the functionality of the 9500 MPR
• Perform system maintenance
Course Outline:
The presentation is organized as follows:
• System Description − Functional Description
− Hardware Description
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
• General knowledge of telecommunications transport networks (PDH or Ethernet),
digital transmission and radio delivery
• Experience in microwave links operation and maintenance
• PC and Windows literate
• It is highly recommended that the following course be completed prior to attending
this class: Basics of the Internet and Internet Protocols 3FL99159AAAA
Required
Equipment
Traditional classroom setup, overhead projector with screen, whiteboard with markers,
and login means to a working 9500 MPR R6.1 system
275
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
9500 MPR (MICROWAVE PACKET RADIO) R6.1 GLOBAL MARKET NODE (MSS-1/MSS-
4/MSS-8) COMMON FUNCTIONALITY OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE - GPP
Course Number TWT42036G
Delivery Type Virtual Delivery – 1d
Description Overall Description:
This is an O&M course based upon the 9500 MPR. It includes a description of the craft
terminal GUI and how to use it to configure the 9500 MPR, perform system maintenance,
performance monitoring, and troubleshooting.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Use the Craft Terminal for local configuration of the Node configuration (MPTHL,
MSS8, MSS 4, and MSS1)
• Perform system maintenance
• Perform troubleshooting starting from alarm indication
Course Outline:
• Common Functionalities − Common Functionalities Configuration
− Common Functionalities Maintenance
− Common Functionalities Maintenance
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
• General knowledge of telecommunications transport networks (PDH or Ethernet),
digital transmission and radio delivery
• Experience in microwave links operation and maintenance
• PC and Windows literate
• It is highly recommended that the following course be completed prior to attending
this class: Basics of the Internet and Internet Protocols 3FL99159AAAA
Required
Equipment
Traditional classroom setup, overhead projector with screen, whiteboard with markers,
and login means to a working 9500 MPR R6.1 system
276
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
9500 MPR (MICROWAVE PACKET RADIO) R6.1 GLOBAL MARKET ETHERNET TRAFFIC OPERATIONS
AND MAINTENANCE - GPP
Course Number TWT42037G
Delivery Type Virtual Delivery – 2d
Description Overall Description:
This is a 9500 MPR O&M course that is focused on Ethernet traffic into and out of the
9500 MPR. Objectives include: Provisioning Ethernet user ports, configuring QoS and VLAN
functions, generating Ethernet PM statistics, and working with Ethernetrelated alarms.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
• General knowledge about Telecommunication Networks
• Working knowledge or digital transmission and Ethernet, networks
• Experience in microwave links operation and maintenance
• PC and Windows literate
Required
Equipment
Traditional classroom setup, overhead projector with screen, whiteboard with markers,
and login means to a working MPR 9500 R6.1 system (either ANSI or ETSI)
277
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
9500 MPR GLOBAL MARKET TERMINAL (MPR-E/MSS1C) R6.0 FUNCTIONAL AND HW DESCRIPTION - GPP
Course Number TWT42038W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 1h15
Description Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe the basic concepts of the 9500 MPR
• Describe the main functionalities of the 9500 MPRe/MSS1c
• Describe the functionality of the MPRe outdoor units
• Describe the functionality of the indoor units
Course Outline:
Module 1 Functional Description
• 9500 MPR Innovations and Overview
• Network Architecture
• Traffic Profiles
• Traffic Management and QoS
• Packet Throughput Booster and Address Pairs (Header Compression)
• Automatic Transmit Power (ATP)
• XPIC
• TMN Management
Module 2 Hardware Description
• 9500 MPRe Outdoor Units
• Indoor Units
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
• A working knowledge of Ethernet and digital transmission
• A working knowledge of the student's own network
Required
Equipment
A traditional classroom setup, an overhead projector with screen, a whiteboard or easel
with markers, and login means to a working 9500 MPRe R6.1 system
278
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
9500 MPR (MICROWAVE PACKET RADIO) R6.1 GLOBAL MARKET TERMINAL (MPR-E/MSS-1C) OPERATIONS
AND MAINTENANCE - GPP
Course Number TWT42039
Delivery Type InstructorLed Training – 1d
Description Overall Description:
This is an O&M course based upon the 9500 MPR terminal configuration (MSS1c and
MPRe). It includes a description of the craft terminal GUI and how to use it to configure
the 9500 MPR, perform system maintenance, performance monitoring, and
troubleshooting.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Use the Craft Terminal for local configuration of the terminal configuration (MSS1c
and MPTMCMPTHC/MPTXP/9558HC)
• Perform system maintenance
• Perform troubleshooting starting from alarm indication
Course Outline:
• Common Functionalities
− Common Functionalities Configuration
− Common Functionalities Maintenance
• Ethernet Traffic
− Ethernet Traffic Configuration
− Ethernet Traffic Maintenance
• PDH Traffic
− PDH Traffic Configuration
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
• General knowledge of telecommunication transport networks (PDH or Ethernet), digital
transmission, and radio delivery
• Experience in microwave links operation and maintenance • PC and Windows literate
• It is highly recommended that the following course be completed prior to attending
this class Basics of the Internet and Internet Protocols 3FL99159AAAA
Required
Equipment Traditional classroom setup, overhead projector with screen, whiteboard with markers,
and login means to a working MPR 9500 R6.1 system
279
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
9500 MPR GLOBAL MARKET R6.1 RING PROTECTION O&M - GPP
Course Number TWT42041G
Delivery Type Virtual Delivery – 1d
Description Overall Description:
In this training, a functional description and functionality of the Ethernet Ring Protection
feature of the 9500 is provided. This course can be taken in addition to the 9500 MPR
common functionality O&M course.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe the basic concepts of Ethernet rings
• Use the Craft Terminal for Ethernet ring configuration
Course Outline:
• Ethernet Ring Protection − ERPS Functional Description
− ERPS Common Functionalities
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
• General knowledge of telecommunication transport networks (PDH or Ethernet), digital
transmission, and radio delivery
• Experience in microwave links operation and maintenance
• PC and Windows literate
• It is highly recommended that the following course be completed prior to attending
this class Basics of the Internet and Internet Protocols 3FL99159AAAA
Requ ired
Equipment
Traditional classroom setup, overhead projector with screen, whiteboard with markers,
and login means to a working MPR 9500 R6.1 system
280
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
9500 MPR NODE REL. 6.1 L1 MAINTENANCE - GPP
Course Number TWT63045W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 6h
Description Overall Description:
This course explains L1 maintenance procedures for the 9500 MPR Node in rel. 6.1.
No specific training material has been developed but is based on the 9500 MPR rel. 6.1
user manualchapter trouble clearing manual.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Students must already have attended the "9500 MPR Global Market Node
(MSS1MSS4MSS8) R. 6.1 Functional and HW Description" course.
Participants must be skilled on WT technology and with the “9500 MPR Global Market Node
(MSS1MSS4MSS8) R. 6.1 Functional and HW description" course.
Required
Equipment
A link of 9500 MPR Node equipment
281
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
9500 MPR TERMINAL REL. 6.1 L1 MAINTENANCE - GPP
Course Number TWT63046W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 3h
Description Overall Description:
This course explains L1 maintenance procedures for the 9500 MPR Terminal in rel. 6.1.
No specific training material has been developed but is based on the 9500 MPR MPRe
and MSS1C rel. 6.1 trouble clearing user manuals.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Students must already have attended the "9500 MPR Global Market 9500 MPRe MSS1c
R.6.1 Functional and HW Description" course.
Participants must be skilled on WT technology and with "9500 MPR Global Market 9500
MPRe MSS1c R.6.1 Functional and HW Description" course.
Required
Equipment
A link of 9500 MPR Terminal equipment
282
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7950 XRS / 7750 SR-12E INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING
Course Number TER18008
Delivery Type ILT – 6h
Description Overall Description:
This course will provide the participant with a thorough understanding of the installation
procedures of the chassis, cards, modules, and power units for the 7950 XRS/7750
SR12E product portfolio. The participant will also learn through the command line how
to perform basic commissioning for this product portfolio.
Course Objectives:
• Site preparation: rack requirements, power requirements, grounding
• Cable management: handling, routing, labeling
• Hardware installation: rack, power, cables, circuit packs, modules, SFPs
• Commissioning: Bootup system and provisioning of the cards via CLI and provisioning
via pre build configurations
• Troubleshooting: card, port and bootup troubleshooting procedures, remedial action
Course Outline:
Module 1 – Introduction
Module 2 7950 XRS/7750 SR12E Site Preparation
Module 3 7950 XRS Installation
Module 4 7750 SR12E Installation
Module 5 7x50 Commissioning
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
PC
283
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NEBULA TRAINING – TPC ONBOARDING INSTRUCTIONS
Course Number TER00013W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 15min
Description This training module covers the process needed for Partner’s to access the Nebula
Quoting Tool. The module will cover the steps to set up MobilePass on a user’s PC and
access the Nokia network.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
284
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NEBULA TRAINING – USING VLOOKUP FOR PRICING
Course Number TER00014W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 15min
Description Overall Description:
This training consists of a Nebula User Guide and three short WBT recordings that show
users how to set up their computer in order to access Nebula, create a quote using
Nebula, and how to use the Vlookup function for pricing,
Course Objectives:
To prepare a presales professional to use the Nebula tool. Specific servicerouter
productrelated information is not included in this topic.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
285
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NEBULA TRAINING – CREATING A QUOTE
Course Number TER00015W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 15min
Description This module covers how to create a quote using the Nebula tool.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
286
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
ALCNA FBA TECHNOLOGIES & PRODUCTS
Course Number TAC42089E
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 1h
Description Overall Description:
The CNA FBA Technologies and Products exam will be presented to individuals who are part
of the Nokia Fixed UltraBroadband Access Technical Certification Program. To acquire
highlevel knowledge of access technologies including basic characteristics of copper
access (DSL) and fiber access (xPON) including voice, capability of positioning the Nokia
Fixed UltraBroadband access products and understanding how these fit together.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
287
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
CNP FBA FTTX High Cap NT INTEGRATION, OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE
Course Number TAC03504E
Delivery Type Exam – 2h
Description CNP FBA FTTx High Cap NT Integration, Operations & Maintenance Remote
Proctored Exam
This link provides access to three attempts for passing the exam, before extra
steps need to be taken.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
288
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI SALES TRAINING
Course Number TMO00432W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description This course covers the sales training for the Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi portfolio.
Course Objectives:
At the end of this training, the participant will be able to understand:
• How and where to position the Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi products
• The products that make up the Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi portfolio
• Benefits of Nokia Wi-Fi solution
Course Outline:
• The need for Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi System
• Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi Product Portfolio
• Positioning Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi
• Use Cases
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Basic Understanding of Wi-Fi
Required
Equipment
None
289
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI PRODUCT OVERVIEW
Course Number TMO00405W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description This course covers the components and key features of the Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi product.
Course Objectives:
At the end of this training, the participant will be able to understand:
• Benefits of Nokia Wi-Fi solution
• Nokia Wi-Fi solution Portfolio
• Access Point variants and their capabilities
• Nokia Wi-Fi Controller – Features & Deployment Models
• Nokia Wi-Fi Network Architecture
• Key Features of Nokia Wi-Fi solution
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Basic Understanding of Wi-Fi
Required
Equipment
None
290
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION
Course Number RN00144-W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description This course covers the installation of the Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi Access Points.
Course Objectives:
At the end of this training, the participant will be able to understand:
• Install Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi Access Points
• Understand different AP Configuration Modes and deployment options
• Check config and status information of AP.
Course Outline:
• Deployment Models
• AP Configuration Parameters and Modes
• Site Preparation
• AP configuration
• AP Plug and Play mode
• AP Configuration via CLI mode
• Additional Information
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Basic Understanding of Wi-Fi
Required
Equipment
None
291
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA HEALTH AND SAFETY EXPECTATIONS
Course Number RN00145-W
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 30min
Description This course will provide a brief overview of safety information that is required of all
project team members.
Course Objectives:
Upon completion of this module, participants should be able to:
• State Nokia’s approach on health and safety
• List what is what is expected of those working alongside Nokia for the safe delivery
of all work regardless of the scope of work
Course Outline:
• Importance of safety in the telecom industry
• Communicating work related risks and hazards
• Nokia’s safety priorities and focus areas
• Incident and accident reporting
• Effective job hazard assessment
• Refusal to accept hazardous work
• Escalating potential safety hazards
• Nokia’s Lifesaving Rules
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Basic Understanding of Wi-Fi
Required
Equipment
None
292
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI ACCESS POINT TROUBLESHOOTING
Course Number RN00160-W
Delivery Type Web-based Training – 30min
Description This course covers the level 1 troubleshooting on the Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi Access Points.
Course Objectives:
Upon completion of this module, participants should be able to:
• Perform troubleshooting based on Access Point LED status
• Perform troubleshooting for other common issues
Course Outline:
• Troubleshooting scenarios based on LED status
• Other Troubleshooting scenarios
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Basic Understanding of Wi-Fi
Required
Equipment
None
293
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI ON PREMISE CONTROLLER TROUBLESHOOTING
Course Number RN00161-W
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 1h
Description This course covers the troubleshooting on the Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi On Premise Controller.
Course Objectives:
Upon completion of this module, participants should be able to:
• Perform troubleshooting on the Nokia AirFrame Data Center Solution (NDCS)
• Perform troubleshooting on Cloud Wi-Fi Controller (cWLC)
Course Outline:
• Troubleshooting scenarios on the NDCS
• Troubleshooting scenarios cWLC
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Basic Understanding of Wi-Fi
Required
Equipment
None
294
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI FEATURE OVERVIEW
Course Number TMO00406W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 30min
Description This course covers the main Network Excellence and Operability/Integrated Management
features of the Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi product.
Course Objectives:
At the end of this training, the participant will be able to understand:
• Classify Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi features
• Explain Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi Operability/Integrated Management features
• Explain Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi Network Excellence features
Course Outline:
• Network Excellence Features
• Authentication and Security
• Resource Management
• Transport
• QoS and Rate Limiting
• Operability/Integrated Management Features
• OAM
• Performance and Reporting
• Availability & Scalability
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Basic Understanding of Wi-Fi
Required
Equipment
None
295
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
1830 PSS-24X R 9.x ARCHITECTURE & HARDWARE
Course Number TOP54112W
Delivery Type WebBased Training – 1h
Description This course provides an introduction to the 1830 PSS-24x R 9.x. It covers its key features
and functions, system architecture and hardware description.
Course Objectives:
At the end of this training, the participant will be able to understand:
• Describe the 1830 PSS-24x key features
• Explain the system architecture
• Describe the hardware components
Course Outline:
• Key functions and features
• System architecture
• Hardware description
• Summary
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
296
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
1830 PSS-24X R 9.0 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE
Course Number TOP54111
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 11h
Description This course describes the operation and maintenance activities for the 1830 PSS-24x.
The course will discuss its key features and functions, system architecture and hardware
description. Some provisioning procedures as well as maintenance techniques for the
1830 PSS-24x shelf will be performed. Some service creation examples will be performed.
This course combines both lecture and labs, with significant time for hands-on experience.
Course Objectives:
At the end of this training, the participant will be able to understand:
• Describe the 1830 PSS-24x structure and the main functionalities
• Describe the system architecture, the hardware and the boards
• Perform basic configuration steps (e.g. board configuration)
• Perform connection setup procedures
• Perform general monitoring and maintenance operations
• Understand alarm management for the PSS-24x
Course Outline:
• Introduction
• Product overview and key features
• Hardware description
• Getting started
• NE setup and system turn-up
• Service creation examples
• Monitoring functions
• Alarm management
• Maintenance
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
297
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
1350 OMS R14 MANAGED PLANE FOR 1830 PSS-WDM O&M
Course Number OP00111
Delivery Type Virtual Led Training – 2d
Description This is an Operation and Maintenance course aiming to show how to manage a network
made up of 1830 PSS WDM equipment at managed plane level. In the course we will learn
how to take a NE under 1350 OMS supervision, how to create maps and network topology,
how to set up the services and how to perform maintenance.
Course Objectives:
At the end of this training, the participant will be able to understand:
• use the 1350 OMS Graphical interface
• create NE and supervise them
• configure an 1830 PSS
• construct a network representing the physical one
• perform service provisioning
• perform NE and Network maintenance
Course Outline:
Section 1: Course introduction
Section 2: 1350 OMS Graphical Interface
Section 3: NE creation and supervision
Section 4 : NE configuration
Section 5 : Network construction
Section 6: Service provisioning
Section 7: Maintenance
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
298
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
9500 MPR - DELTA FEATURES R6.1 TO R7.0 ETSI FULL INDOOR NODE (MSS-1/MSS-4/MSS-8)
Course Number TWT00004W
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 1h
Description 9500 MPR - Delta features R6.1 to R7.0 ETSI Full Indoor Node (MSS-1/MSS-4/MSS-8)
Exam Online in the NLDH
To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
299
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
AIRSCALE WI-FI FOR PARTNERS PRODUCT OVERVIEW WAVESPOT ADDENDUM
Course Number RN00680-M
Delivery Type Self-Study – 5min
Description Wavespot is Nokia’s preferred choice Captive Portal. This short presentation gives a high-
level description of the product, its application, examples of monetization strategies and
its major functionalities. Since the Wavespot is an optional element, this learning object is
not mandatory.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
300
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302 7360 ISAM GPON BASIC CONFIGURATION
Course Number TAC05006K
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 5h00
Description Overall Description:
This course is intended for people that require knowledge on provisioning the ONT, ONT
cards and ports and associating the ONT software to the ONT after retrieving the ONT
software and downloading it to the ISAM. The course also includes newer versions like
XGS-PON and NGPON2.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Acquire the ONT software,
• Upload the ONT software to the AMS,
• Prepare and Download the ONT software to the NE,
• Understand some of the parameters of a PON port,
• Provision a PON port,
• Understand the different concepts in provisioning an ONT,
• Post-provision an ONT,
• Set the SLID in an ONT,
• Pre-provision an ONT using the SLID,
• Pre-provision ONTs using Automatic software management via the NE,
• Provision the ONT cards, and
• Provision the ONT card ports.
• Provision XGS-PON
• Provision NGPON2 (Annex / not mandatory)
Course Outline:
Section 1: general
• Course Complete
• Lab Guide Student
• Course Introduction
Section 2: ONT SW Management
• ONT SW Management
• Demo Download ONT software to NE through AMS
Section 3: GPON Provisioning
• GPON Provisioning
• Demo PON Provisioning through CLI
• Demo PON Provisioning through AMS
• Exercise PON provisioning
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
301
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302 7360 ISAM GPON BASIC CONFIGURATION - CONTINUED
Course Number TAC05006K (cont’d)
Description Section 4: XGS-PON Provisioning
• XGS-PON Provisioning
• Demo XGS-PON Provisioning through CLI
• Demo XGS-PON Provisioning through AMS
• Exercise XGS-PON provisioning
Section 5: ONT Post-Provisioning
• ONT Post-Provisioning
• Demo PON Post Provisioning through CLI
• Demo PON Post Provisioning through AMS
• Exercise PON post provisioning
Section 6: ONT Pre-Provisioning SLID Based
• ONT Pre-Provisioning SLID Based
• Demo Provision SLID on ONT
• Demo ONT Pre-Provisioning SLID Based through CLI
• Demo ONT Pre-Provisioning SLID Based through AMS
• Exercise ONT Pre-Provisioning SLID Based
Section 7: ONT Pre-Provisioning Automatic SW Management_NE Based
• ONT Pre-Provisioning Automatic SW Management NE Based
• Demo ONT Pre-Provisioning Automatic SW Management NE Based through CLI
• Demo ONT Pre-Provisioning Automatic SW Management NE Based through AMS
• Excercises ONT Pre-Provisioning Automatic SW Management_NE Based
Section 8: ONT Card-Port Provisioning
• ONT Card-Port Provisioning
• Demo ONT Card-Port Provisioning through CLI
• Demo ONT Card-Port Provisioning through AMS
• Excercises ONT Card-Port Provisioning
Section 9: Annex: NGPON2 Provisioning
• Annex: NGPON2 Provisioning
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
302
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302-7360 ISAM HIGH CAP NT: CONFIGURATION OF QOS, VIDEO(MC) AND VOIP FOR PON DEPLOYMENT
Course Number TAC05012K
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 9h30
Description Overall Description:
This is an operation course. Trainees will learn how to configure QoS, video and voice for
PON deployments.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe the different IGMP and multicast scenarios in an ISAM,
• Explain and configure IGMP and multicast in IACM and IHUB,
• Explain and configure IHUB QoS policies, rate limiting and filters,
• Explain and configure IACM PON QoS,
• Explain the different VoIP models supported in an ISAM PON ,
• Configure VoIP service.
• Explain the need for syslog messages and protocol trace to collect tracing information,
• Set up protocol trace,
• Configure syslog.
Course Outline:
Section 1: General
• Course Complete
• Lab Access Document
• Course Introduction
Section 2: IGMP and MC Configuration
• IGMP Scenarios
• IACM IGMP_MC_Configuration
• Demo-IACM_IGMP_MC_Configuration_AMS
• Demo-IACM_IGMP_MC_Configuration_CLI
• Lab Ex-IACM_IGMP_MC_Configuration via AMS CLI
• IHUB IGMP_MC_Configuration
• Demo-IHUB_IGMP_MC_Configuration_AMS
• Demo-IHUB_IGMP_MC_Configuration_CLI
• Lab Ex-IHUB_IGMP_MC_Configuration via AMS CLI
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
303
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302-7360 ISAM HIGH CAP NT: CONFIGURATION OF QOS, VIDEO(MC) AND VOIP FOR PON DEPLOYMENT - CONTINUED
Course Number TAC05012K (cont’d)
Description Section 3: IHUB QoS Configuration
• IHUB QoS_Overview and Ingress_Policies_Configuration
• Demo-IHUB_QoS_Copy_Adjust_Ingress_Access_Profile_AMS
• Demo-IHUB_QoS_Create_Apply_Ingress_Access_Profile_AMS
• Demo-IHUB_QoS_Copy_Adjust_Ingress_Access_Profile_CLI
• Demo-IHUB_QoS_Create_Apply_Ingress_Access_Profile_CLI
• Lab Ex- IHUB QoS Ingress Policies Configuration via AMS CLI
• IHUB QoS_Egress_Policies_Configuration
• Lab Ex-IHUB_QoS_Egress_Policies_Configuration via AMS CLI
• IHUB_QoS_Rate_Limiting_and_Self_Generated_Policy_Configuration
• Demo-IHUB_QoS_Egress_Rate_Limiting_AMS
• Demo-IHUB_QoS_Egress_Rate_Limiting_NT_NW_Port_AMS
• Demo-IHUB_QoS_Ingress_Rate_Limiting_AMS
• Demo-IHUB_QoS_Egress_Rate_Limiting_CLI
• Demo-IHUB_QoS_Egress_Rate_Limiting_NT_NW_Port_CLI
• Demo-IHUB_QoS_Ingress_Rate_Limiting_CLI
• Lab Ex-IHUB_QoS_Rate_Limiting_and_Self_Generated_Policy_Configuration via AMS CLI
• IHUB_QoS_Filters_and_StormControl_Configuration
• Lab Ex-IHUB_QoS_Filters_and_StormControl_Configuration via AMS CLI
Section 4: IACM GPON QoS Configuration
• IACM GPON_QoS_Configuration
• Demo-IACM_GPON_QoS_Apply_QoS Ingress
Profile_QoS_Upstream_Bandwidth_Profile_AMS
• Demo-
IACM_GPON_QoS_Create_Apply_QoS_Scheduler_Node_Profile_QoS_Shaper_Profile_AMS
• Demo-IACM_GPON_QoS_Create_Apply_QoS Ingress
Profile_QoS_Upstream_Bandwidth_Profile_CLI
• Demo-
IACM_GPON_QoS_Create_Apply_QoS_Scheduler_Node_Profile_QoS_Shaper_Profile_CLI
• Appendix1-IACM_GPON_QoS Marking_Policing_Possibiliities_Overview
• Appendix2-IACM_GPON_QoS_SystemLevel_LT_Dimensioning
• Lab Ex-IACM GPON_QoS_Configuration via AMS CLI
Section 5: IACM GPON VoIP ONT Configuration
• IACM_GPON_VoIP_ONT_Configuration
• Demo-GPON_Voice_Standard_AMS
• Demo-GPON_Voice_Standard_CLI
• Lab Ex-IACM_GPON_VoIP_ONT_Configuration via AMS CLI
Section: END OF COURSEWARE DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION (MAXIMUM 50 modules)
Exam online in the NLDH
304
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302-7330-7360 ISAM SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT BKP-RST_PM & SYSLOG
Course Number TAC05014K
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 8h15
Description Overall Description:
This course covers ISAM software management, Backup & Restore, performance
monitoring and syslog.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Prepare and Download the ISAM software to the NE,
• Manage the OSWP,
• Backup an NE by direct and scheduled methods,
• Restore a backup to an NE,
• Activate PM counters (xDSL, PON, SFP, ONT and others) on an NE,
• Activate and set Threshold Crossing Alarms (TCA),
• Explain the need for syslog messages and protocol trace to collect tracing information,
• Set up protocol trace,
• Configure syslog.
Course Outline:
Section: General
• Course Complete
• Lab Access Document
Section 1: NE Software Management
• NE Software Management
• Demo - Prepare and Download NE SW to NE from PC_CLI
• Demo - Prepare and Download NE SW to NE from AMS_CLI
• Demo - OSWP DB management_CLI
• Demo - Prepare and Download NE SW to NE From AMS_AMS
• Demo - Activate and Commit New NE Downloaded SW_AMS
• Demo - Acquire and Upload NEsw to AMS
• Appendix - Acquire and Upload NEsw to AMS
• Exercise NE SW Management
Section 2: Backup and Restore
• Backup and Restore
• Demo Manual Backup through AMS
• Demo Schedule Backup AMS
• Demo Restore and Backup Management through AMS
• Demo Manual-Automatic Backup and Restore CLI
• Exercise NE Backup and Restore
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
305
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302-7330-7360 ISAM SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT BKP-RST_PM & SYSLOG - CONTINUED
Course Number TAC05014K (cont’d)
Description Section 3: Performance Monitoring
• PM Introduction
• PM in SFP CPU NT through AMS
• Demo PM SFP CPU NT through AMS
• PM in xDSL through AMS
• Demo PM xDSL through AMS
• PM in PON through AMS
• Demo PM PON through AMS
• PM in IGMP TCA via AMS and PM TCA through CLI
• Demo PM IGMP TCA through AMS
• Demo PON XDSL through CLI
• Exercises Performance Monitoring
Section 4: Syslog
• Syslog
• Demo Configure Syslog through AMS
• Demo Configure Syslog through CLI
• Exercises Syslog
Exam online in the NLDH
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
306
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302-7360 ISAM High Cap. NT/5520 AMS – L2 & L3 CONFIGURATION
Course Number TAC05016K
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 5h
Description Overall Description:
This course is intended for operators who want to learn how to configure L3 forwarding
on the ISAM. This course covers configuring ISAM for L3 forwarding, DHCP relaying and as
IHUB MPLS. Note an alternate instructor-led training TAC42057 also exists for this
learning in FBA - Instructor-led learning Aggregate learning object. Ask questions, start
discussions or add comments related to this learning via our social learning using the link
http://alu.tl/p22
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Configure ISAM for L3 Forwarding,
• Configure DHCP relay agent on the IHUB,
• Configure IP protocols in ISAM
• Create and apply filter policies
Course Outline:
Section 1: General
• Course Complete
• Lab Guide Student
• Lab Access Document
Section 2: ISAM L3 Forwarding Configuration
• ISAM L3 Forwarding Configuration
• Demo HighCap_NT_Router_Setup_Demo_AMS
• Demo HighCap_NT_Router_Setup_Demo_CLI
• Exercise L3 Forwarding Configurat ion
Section 3: IHUB DHCP Relaying
• IHUB DHCP Relaying
• Exercise IHUB DHCP Relaying
Section 4: IP Protocols
• IP Protocols
• Demo Routing Protocol OSPF setup through AMS
• Demo Routing Protocol OSPF setup through CLI
• Exercise ISAM IP Protocols
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
307
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302-7360 ISAM High Cap. NT/5520 AMS – L2 & L3 CONFIGURATION - CONTINUED
Course Number TAC05016K (cont’d)
Description Section 5: Filter Policies
• Filter Policies
• Exercise Filter Policies
Section 6: General Intro to IHUB MPLS Configuration
• General Intro to IHUB MPLS Configuration
• Demo mpls base router
Section 7: IHUB MPLS LDP Configuration
• IHUB MPLS LDP Configuration
• Demo LDP
• Exercise IHUB MPLS LDP Configuration Exercise Book
Section 8: IHUB MPLS RSVP Configuration
• IHUB MPLS RSVP Configuration
• Demo RSVP basic config through AMS
• Demo RSVP paths through CLI
• Exercise IHUB MPLS RSVP Configuration Exercise Book
Section 9: IHUB MPLS Configuration Redundancy and Ring
• IHUB MPLS Configuration Redundancy and Ring
Section 11: Annex IHUB MPLS Static LSP Configuration
• Annex IHUB MPLS Static LSP Configuration
Section 10: Lawful intercept
• Lawful intercept on FANT-F
Exam online in the NLDH
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
308
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302-7360 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT/5520 AMS – REDUNDANCY CONFIGURATIONS
Course Number TAC05018K
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 1h45
Description Overall Description:
This is an operator course. Trainees will learn about Redundancy Configurations for
7302-7330 ISAM High.Cap. NTs - 5520 AMS
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe the most important xSTP parameters,
• Describe and configure Link Aggregation (LAG),
• Describe and compare the different scenarios for access resiliency (NT redundancy),
• Configure NT protection.
Course Outline:
Section 1: General
• Course Complete
• Lab Guide Student
• Lab Access Document
Section 2: Spanning Tree Protocol Implementation
• Spanning Tree Protocol Implementation
• Demo MSTP configuration through CLI
• Demo MSTP configuration through AMS
• Exercise MSTP configuration
Section 3: Link Aggregation
• Link Aggregation
• Demo Link Aggregation creation through AMS
• Exercise Link Aggregation
Section 4: NT Redundancy and Load Sharing
• NT Redundancy and Load Sharing
Section 5: Appendix: LAG and LACP specifications
• Appendix: LAG and LACP specifications
Exam Online in the NLDH
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
309
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
736X MICRO-NODES/5520 AMS BASIC COMMISSIONING
Course Number TAC05003K
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 1h45
Description Overall Description:
This course is intended for people that require knowledge on how to bring up a 736x
micro-node and perform basic commissioning. This course also includes fault
management via the AMS and CLI. Note an alternate instructor-led training TAC05003
also exists for this learning.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Explain CLI for ISAM Administration,
• Perform 7362/7363/7367 Turn-up procedure,
• Perform 7362/7363/7367 basic commissioning,
• Perform ISAM fault management via AMS,
• Perform ISAM fault management via CLI.
Section 1: general
• Course Introduction
• Lab Guide Student
• Course Introduction
Section 2: CLI Introduction for ISAM
• CLI Introduction for ISAM
• Demo CLI Introduction for ISAM
• Exercise CLI Introduction for ISAM
Section 3: 7262/ 7363/7367 Micro-nodes Turn-up Procedure
• 736x_CRAFT_over_USB
• 7362_7363_7367_Micro-nodes_Turn-up_Procedure
• Demo 7362 Mini-OLT Turn-up Procedure CLI
• Demo 7362 Mini-OLT Turn-up Procedure AMS
• Demo 7363 7367 Micro-nodes Turn-up Procedure
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
310
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
736X MICRO-NODES/5520 AMS BASIC COMMISSIONING - CONTINUED
Course Number TAC05003K (cont’d)
Description Section 4: 7362/ 7363/7367 Micro-nodes Equipment Configuration
• 7362_7363_7367_Micro-nodes_Equipment_Configuration
• Demo 7363 Micro-nodes Basic Configuration through AMS
• Demo 7367 Micro-nodes Basic Configuration through AMS
• Demo 7363 Micro-nodes Basic Configuration through CLI
• Demo 7363 Equipment Configuration through AMS
• Demo 7363 Equipment Configuration through CLI
• Exercise Equipment configuration
Section 5: ISAM Fault Management via AMS
• ISAM Fault Management through AMS
• Demo Configure Alarm Filter through AMS
• Demo Change Alarm Entry Settings in the ISAM through AMS
• Exercise ISAM Fault Management through AMS
Section 5: ISAM Fault Management via CLI
• ISAM Fault Management through CLI
• Demo Show Alarms in the ISAM through CLI
• Demo Change Alarm Entry Settings in the ISAM through CLI
• Exercise ISAM Fault Management through CLI
Exam online in the NLDH
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
311
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302-7360 ISAM NELT – B QUALITY OF SERVICE (QOS)
Course Number TAC05013K
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 7h15
Description Overall Description:
This is an operator course. Trainees will learn about configuration of QoS for NELT using
CLI and AMS.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe the different NELT-B interfaces,
• Describe the QoS possibilities of the NELT-B,
• Configure and explain the parameters for basic QoS settings: P-Bit (re)marking,
• Configure and explain the parameters for advanced QoS settings: Session Profile,
Marking Profile, Policy Profile, L2 Filter Profile, L3 Filter Profile, Action Profile,
• Configure and explain scheduling + rate limiting.
Course Outline:
Section 1: Spanning Tree Protocol: Principles
- NELT-B QoS
Section 2: Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP)
- Basic QoS - P-bit (Re)marking
Section 3: Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP)
- Advanced QoS
Section 4: Spanning Tree Protocol Implementation
- QoS Queuing, Scheduling, Policing and Shaping
Section 5: Link Aggregation
- QoS Filter Example
Section 6: NT Redundancy and Load Sharing
- Policing and Shaping limitations and constraints
Section 7: Appendix: LAG and LACP specifications
Exam Online in the NLDH
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
312
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302-7330 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT / 5520 AMS BASIC COMMISSIONING
Course Number TAC05002K
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 1h55
Description Overall Description:
This course is intended for people that require knowledge on how to bring up an ISAM (High
Capacity NT) via CLI & perform basic configuration and operation using the AMS.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Explain CLI for ISAM Administration,
• Explain the High Capacity NT of ISAM,
• Perform HighCap. NT Turn-up procedure,
• Perform HighCap. NT basic commissioning,
• Prepare and configure LT and NTIO boards in ISAM,
• Configure ISAM Expansion Units,
• Perform ISAM fault management via AMS,
• Perform ISAM fault management via CLI,
• Explain System support for configuring the number of CLI sessions (ALU02024326),
• Explain Configurable operator login retry policy (ALU02048135).
Course Outline:
Section 1: general
• Course Complete
• Lab Guide Student
• Course Introduction
Section 2: CLI Introduction for ISAM
• CLI Introduction for ISAM
• Demo CLI Introduction for ISAM
• Exercise CLI Introduction for ISAM
Section 3: Introduction to HighCap NT
• Introduction to HighCap NT
Section 4: Turn-up Procedure - High Cap. NT
• Turn-up Procedure - High Cap. NT
• Demo Turn-up Procedure via CLI
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
313
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302-7330 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT / 5520 AMS BASIC COMMISSIONING - CONTINUED
Course Number TAC05002K (cont’d)
Description Section 5: IHUB Basic Commissioning
• IHUB Basic Commissioning
• Demo Basic Commissioning
Section 6: Create NE in AMS
• Create NE in AMS
• Demo Create NE in AMS
• Exercise Create NE in AMS
Section 7: Equipment Configuration
• Equipment Configuration
• Demo Equipment Configuration
• Exercise Equipment Configuration through CLI
• Exercise Equipment Configuration through AMS
Section 8: Configure Expansion Units on 7330 FTTN
• Configure Expansion Units on 7330 FTTN
• Demo Configure Expansion Unit on 7330 FTTN
• Exercise Configure Expansion Units on 7330 FTTN through CLI
• Exercise Configure Expansion Units on 7330 FTTN through AMS
Section 9: ISAM Fault Management via AMS
• ISAM Fault Management through AMS
• Demo Configure Alarm Filter through AMS
• Demo Change Alarm Entry Settings in the ISAM through AMS
• Exercise ISAM Fault Management through AMS
Section 10: ISAM Fault Management via CLI
• ISAM Fault Management through CLI
• Demo Show Alarms in the ISAM through CLI
• Demo Change Alarm Entry Settings in the ISAM through CLI
• Exercise ISAM Fault Management through CLI
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
314
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302 – 7330 ISAM DSL BASIC CONFIGURATION
Course Number TAC05005K
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 2h45
Description Overall Description:
This course explains the basics of configuring xDSL, including bonding, interworking,
vectoring and G.Fast.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Name the mandatory profiles
• Understand Profiles and Template
• Describe xDSL Bonding
• Describe how to configure interworking for SHDSL in ATM mode
• Describe how to configure interworking for SHDSL/VDSL in PTM mode
• Describe vectoring and the process to setup Vectoring
• Describe G.Fast and the process to setup G.Fast
Course Outline:
Section 1: general
• Course Complete
• Lab Guide Student
• Course Introduction
Section 2: Physical Configuration of Ports
• Physical Configuration of Ports
Section 3: Profiles and Templates
• Profiles and Templates
• Demo Profiles and Templates
Section 4: Bonding
• Bonding
• Demo Bonding
Section 5: Interworking Configuration
• Interworking Configuration
• Demo Interworking Configuration
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
315
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302 – 7330 ISAM DSL BASIC CONFIGURATION - CONTINUED
Course Number TAC05005K (cont’d)
Description Section 6: Vectoring
• Vectoring
• Demo Vectoring
• Lab Exercise Configure DSL through AMS
Section 7: G.Fast
• G.Fast
• Demo G.Fast
• Lab Exercise Configure G.Fast through AMS
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
316
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302 – 7360 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT/5520 AMS L2 & PPoX FORWARDING
Course Number TAC05009K
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 6h15
Description Overall Description:
This course is intended for people that require knowledge on how to configure L2 &
PPPoX forwarding for 7302 and 7360 ISAMs High.Cap. NT - 5520 AMS. It also covers the
Intelligent bridging features and steps on how to configure the same.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
- Explain the basic concepts of Ethernet
- Explain ISAM as an Intelligent Bridge
- Explain and configure L2 forwarding service in IHUB
- Explain and configure L2 forwarding VLANs in IACM
- Explain and enable secure forwarding in IACM
- Explain and enable virtual MAC addresses implementation in ISAM
- Describe the different models for PPP handling in the ISAM
- Explain the cross-connect VLAN implementation in ISAM
- Configure the Cross-connect VLAN
- Explain and Configure mirroring in ISAM to monitor traffic
Course Outline:
Section 1: general
• Course Complete
• Lab Guide Student
• Course Introduction
Section 2: ISAM as an L2-iBridge
• ISAM as an L2-iBridge
Section 3: IHUB L2 Forwarding Configuration
• IHUB L2 Forwarding Configuration
Section 4: Intelligent Bridging IACM Configuration
• Intelligent Bridging IACM Configuration
• Demo C-VLAN-RB-Unstacked Creation through CLI
• Demo C-VLAN-RB-Unstacked Creation through AMS
• Demo v-VPLS Creation for RB C-VLAN through CLI
• Demo v-VPLS Creation for RB C-VLAN through AMS
• Demo Untagged RB C-VLAN Associations in GPON CLI
• Demo Untagged RB C-VLAN Associations in GPON AMS
• Exercise Intelligent Bridging IACM Configuration through CLI
• Exercise Intelligent Bridging IACM Configuration through AMS CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
317
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7302 – 7360 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT/5520 AMS L2 & PPoX FORWARDING - CONTINUED
Course Number TAC05009K (cont’d)
Description Section 5: Enhanced Intelligent Bridging Configuration
• Enhanced Intelligent Bridging Configuration
• Demo E-I-Bridge VLAN Configuration CLI
• Demo E-I-Bridge VLAN Configuration AMS
• Exercise Enhanced Intelligent Bridging Configuration through CLI
• Exercise Enhanced Intelligent Bridging Configuration through AMS
Section 6: Virtual MAC Configuration
• Virtual MAC Configuration
• Demo Virtual MAC Configuration through CLI
• Demo Virtual MAC Configuration through AMS
• Exercise Virtual MAC Configuration through CLI
• Exercise Virtual MAC Configuration through AMS
Section 7: PPPoX Handling in ISAM
• PPPoX Handling in ISAM
• Demo PPPoX Handling in ISAM thorugh CLI
• Demo PPPoX Handling in ISAM through AMS
• Exercise PPPoX Handling in ISAM through AMS
• Exercise PPPoX Handling in ISAM through CLI
Section 8: ISAM as a L2-CC
• ISAM as a L2-CC
Section 9: Cross Connect IACM Configuration
• Cross Connect IACM Configuration
• Demo CC C-VLAN Creation through CLI
• Demo CC C-VLAN Creation through AMS
• Demo v-VPLS Creation for CC C-VLAN unstacked through CLI
• Demo v-VPLS Creation for CC C-VLAN unstacked through AMS
• Exercise Cross Connect IACM Configuration through CLI
• Exercise Cross Connect IACM Configuration through AMS
Section 10: IHUB Mirroring Configuration
• IHUB Mirroring Configuration
• Demo IHUB Mirroring Configuration through CLI
• Demo IHUB Mirroring Configuration through AMS
• Exercise IHUB Mirroring Configuration through CLI
• Exercise IHUB Mirroring Configuration through AMS
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
318
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
CUSTOMER SERVICE DESK CLERK
Course Number SMAAAJG-W
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
This module is designed to help in Nokia Customer Service Desk interactions with Nokia
customers requesting Maintenance support.
This course covers the importance of the Service Desk Clerk, identifies the benefits a
Service Desk brings to customers, and explains what the in house Technical Support
resources will need to resolve customer tickets.
Exam Online in the NLDH
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
319
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
SELLING TO HIGHWAY AGENCIES AND DEPARTMENTS OF TRANSPORTATION
Course Number GP00601-W
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 1h
Description Overall Description:
By attending this training, you will understand the challenges of highway operations that
highway agencies and departments of transportation face every day, and you will also
understand the according requirements for their communications infrastructure. You will
learn how to identify target customers and how to engage with them. You will understand
the Nokia value proposition including value drivers and key competitive differentiators;
and you will understand the Nokia portfolio for intelligent highways. You will get an
introduction to selected reference cases and you will know where to find further
information for your engagements with customers.
Course Objectives :
• Understand the challenges of highway operations and according requirements for
communications infrastructure
• Learn how to identify target customers and how to engage with them
• Understand the Nokia value proposition for intelligent highways including value drivers
and key differentiators
• Understand the Nokia portfolio for intelligent highways
• Get an introduction to selected reference cases
• Know where to find further information
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
320
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
OPTICAL TRANSPORT SECURITY: L1 SECURITY WITH NOKIA 1830
Course Number TBU00114W
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
Current events have focused on highly publicized security breaches across many
industries and governments around the world. The costs are real in terms of lost
revenue, interruption of vital services, loss of customer assets, and information. Worse is
the loss of confidence. Effective security includes more than data encryption, it includes
multiple mechanisms to guard against data theft and network interruption. Optical
Transport Partners will learn of the many competitive advantages of the Nokia 1830 PSS
and how they can monetize these advantages to grow their business.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
321
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
HOW TO OPEN A TICKET AT NOKIA
Course Number SMAABAG-W-1801
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 15min
Description This course explains how Nokia offers support for legacy Alcatel-Lucent contracts
through OLCS and for all contracted Nokia customers through NOLS.
Exam Online in the NLDH
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
322
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER – PACKET) REL 17 FUNDAMENTALS
Course Number TOS00060W
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 6h
Description Overall Description:
This is a Web-based learning course designed to provide technical personnel and network
operators with foundations for using the NFM-P to: perform network equipment
discovery, management, monitoring and supervision; identify alarms rose against
equipment and services; obtain details about alarm management and filtering, and alarm
types, severity, status and correlation.
Course Objectives:
Upon completion of this course, student will be able to:
● List the NFM-P functions and main features
● Describe the GUI workspace customization capabilities and identify the workspace
elements that can be customized
● Use the NFM-P navigation tree views to perform equipment management operations
● Discover and view network element (NE) devices in the NFM-P GUI
● Use NFM-P topology maps to manage the network and display the status of network
devices and services
● Generate file inventory lists for a managed device or for the entire network
● Use the NFM-P GUI to identify alarms raised against equipment and services, including
alarm types, severity, status and correlation details
● Use the dynamic alarm list to filter and search for alarms, display correlated alarms,
view alarm history and open alarm information details
● Identify the NFM-P statistics collection capabilities
● Use the NFM-P to collect, display and save to a file performance statistics in tabular or
graphical forms for selected objects
Course Outline:
Section 1 Introduction to NFM-P
● NFM-P Features Overview
● Launch the GUI
● GUI Components
● Client Windows and Forms
● Finding Info in the GUI
● GUI Workspaces
Section 2 Creating the Managed Network
● Node Preparation for Discovery (SNMP)
● Network Element Discovery
● Node Preparation for Discovery (NETCONF)
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
323
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER – PACKET) REL 17 FUNDAMENTALS - CONTINUED
Course Number TOS00060W (cont’d)
Description Section 3 Network Topology Management
● Equipment Management
● Topology Map Components
● Map Info Tables
● Equipment Inventory
● Flat Maps
Section 4 Alarms Management
● Alarms Status and Severity
● Application Impact Correlation
● Dynamic Alarms List
● Alarm Info Window
● Object Life Cycle
● Historical Alarms
Section 5 Node Configuration Management
● Node Backup and Restore
● Golden Config
Section 6 Statistics
● Statistics Overview
● Performance Statistics
Target Audience:
The primary audience for this course is technical personnel using the NFM-P GUI to
monitor the network, reporting network alarms and monitor performance.
A secondary audience includes technical personal and internal Nokia employees requiring
skills and experience on the use and operations capabilities of the NFM-P as foundational
knowledge in order to pursue other course(s) of any of the NokiaEDU training paths
involving NFM-P equipment management, monitoring, and/or provisioning.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
● Basic understanding of IP Networks
● Basic understanding of technical English
● Introduction to NSP (Network Services Platform) Rel 17 | TOS00059W
Required
Equipment
None
324
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER – PACKET) REL 17 SERVICE OPERATIONS AND PROVISIONING – ENHANCED OAM
Course Number TOS42102
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 3d
Description Overall Description:
The content in this training is intended to develop a good understanding of the
technologies and principles to configure, monitor, and perform basic troubleshooting of
Virtual Private Routed Networks (VPRN) in addition to
understanding the enhanced OAM (Operations, Administration and Maintenance) tools
included in the 5620 SAM, including: Mirror services; IEEE 802.1ag CFM (Connectivity
Fault Management); ITU-T Y.1731 CFM; MEF EFM (Metro Ethernet Forum Ethernet First
Mile); and, the proprietary Copy/ Move function for SAPs (Service Access Points) and
Services.
This course is a combination of theoretical discussion and hands-on practical exercises
using the NFM-P (Network Functions Manager - Packet) as the primary management
interface.
For more extensive content tailoring, please contact the NokiaEDU Regional Contact
Center listed at https://networks.nokia.com/nokiaedu
Course Objectives:
· Explain the operation and demonstrate their ability to successfully configure, validate,
monitor and perform basic troubleshooting of a VPRN service (Layer 3 VPN) including the
BGP (Border Gateway Protocol) infrastructure to support this service
· Explain the motivators for implementing Ethernet fault management mechanisms,
including: EEE802.1ag and ITU-T Y.1731 CFM; and, MEF EFM
· Explain the operations and demonstrate their ability to successfully configure, monitor
and validate the administrative and operational status of a mirror service.
· Explain the operations and demonstrate their ability to successfully configure, monitor
and validate the administrative and operational status of IEEE 802.1ag CFM
· Explain the operations and demonstrate their ability to successfully configure, monitor
and validate the administrative and operational status of ITU-T Y.1731 CFM
· Explain the operations and demonstrate their ability to successfully configure, monitor
and validate the administrative and operational status of MEF EFM
· Explain the operation and demonstrate their ability to successfully configure, monitor
and validate the administrative and operational status of the Copy/Move feature for
SAPs (Service Access Point) and Services
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
325
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER – PACKET) REL 17 SERVICE OPERATIONS AND PROVISIONING – ENHANCED OAM - CONTINUED
Course Number TOS42102 (cont’d)
Description Course Outline:
Section 1
· BGP (Border Gateway Protocol) - Overview
· Understanding VPRN (Virtual Private Routed Networks)
· VPRN Service Configuration
Section 2
· Understanding Enhanced Service OAM – Overview
· Understanding Mirror Service
Section 3
· Understanding Ethernet Fault Connectivity Management
· Connectivity Fault Management IEEE 802.1ag
· Connectivity Fault Management ITU-T Y.1731
· MEF (Metro Ethernet Forum) EFM (Ethernet First Mile)
Section 4
· Operational Maintenance – Overview
· Using Copy/ Move for SAPs
· Using Copy/ Move for Services
Lab Exercises:
· BGP Configuration
· VPRN Service Configuration
· VPRN Service Connectivity Validation
· Service Test Manager (STM) Testing
· Service Throughput Test (STT)
· CFM IEEE 802.1ag Tests
· CFM ITU-T Y.1731 Tests
· MEF Ethernet First Mile (EFM) Tests
Copy/ Move for SAPs (Service Access Points)
· Copy/ Move for Services
NOTES:
Participants are assumed to have completed TOS42102 NFM-P (Network Function
Manager - Packet) Service Operation and Provisioning – Fundamentals, or have
equivalent knowledge, prior to commencing this training.
Target Audience:
Technical personnel using the NFM-P (Network Functions Manager - Packet) to monitor
and maintain an IP/MPLS service provider network.
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
326
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER – PACKET) REL 17 SERVICE OPERATIONS AND PROVISIONING – ENHANCED OAM - CONTINUED
Course Number TOS42102 (cont’d)
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
TOS42101 NFM-P (Network Functions Manager - Packet) Services Operations and
Provisioning - Fundamentals, or equivalent knowledge
Required
Equipment
NFM-P Rel 17 Server
NFM-P Client
Managed network (8+ nodes)
327
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER – PACKET) REL 17 SERVICE OPERATION AND FUNDAMENTALS
Course Number TOS42101
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 2d
Description Overall Description:
The content in this training is intended to develop a good understanding of the
technologies and principles to
configure, monitor, and perform basic troubleshooting of Ethernet based customer
services in an SR OS-based environment, including: understanding the SR OS service
model; understanding simple Ethernet services (ePipe, VPLS and IES); service templates;
and, service OAM tools.
This course is a combination of theoretical discussion and hands-on practical exercises
using the NFM-P (Network Functions Manager - Packet) as the primary management
interface.
For more extensive content tailoring, please contact the NokiaEDU Regional Contact
Center listed at https://networks.nokia.com/nokiaedu
NOTE: The content in this course is relevant for all current NFM-P Releases.
Course Objectives:
· Identify and explain the function of each component of the SR OS Service model.
· Explain the operation of the Ethernet Pipe (ePipe) service and demonstrate their ability
to successfully configure and validate the administrative and operational status of the
service components.
· Explain the operation of the Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) and demonstrate their
ability to successfully configure and validate the administrative and operational status of
the service components.
· Explain the operation of the Internet Enhanced Service (IES) and demonstrate their
ability to successfully configure and validate the administrative and operational status of
the service components.
· Explain the motivators for deploying service templates and demonstrate their ability to
successfully configure and validate the administrative and operational status of services
created from existing templates.
Course Outline:
· SR OS Service Model – Overview
· Ethernet Pipe (ePipe) Service – Overview
· Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) – Overview
· Internet Enhanced Service (IES) - Overview·
· Understanding Service Templates
· Understanding Service OAM
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
328
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER – PACKET) REL 17 SERVICE OPERATION AND FUNDAMENTALS - CONTINUED
Course Number TOS42101 (cont’d)
Description Lab Exercises:
· Configure Service Tunnels
· ePipe Service Configuration
· VPLS Service Configuration
· IES Configuration
· VLL (Virtual Leased Line) Service OAM
· VPLS (Virtual Private LAN Service) OAM
· IES OAM
Training Recommendations:
NFM-P (Network Functions Manager - Packet) IP/MPLS Network Provisioning –
Fundamentals | TOS41001, or equivalent knowledge.
NFM-P (Network Functions Manager – Packet) Fundamentals | TOS00059W (TOS00059V),
or equivalent knowledge
Audience:
Technical personnel using the NFM-P (Network Functions Manager - Packet) to monitor
and maintain an IP/MPLS service provider network.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
C
329
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER – PACKET) REL 17 SERVICE OPERATION AND PROVISIONING –
SERVICE INTERCONNECTION
Course Number TOS42103
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 2d
Description Overall Description:
The content in this training is intended to develop a good understanding of the
technologies and principles to configure, monitor, and use the appropriate tools to
validate interconnected services within an SR OS based service network, including: SC
(Service Connectors); SCP (Service Connection Points); Routed VPLS; RCA (Root Cause
Analysis) Audit; and, applying QoS policies.
This course is a combination of theoretical discussion and hands-on practical exercises
using the NFM-P (Network Functions Manger - Packet) as the primary management
interface.
For more extensive content tailoring, please contact the NokiaEDU Regional Contact
Center listed at https://networks.nokia.com/nokiaedu
Course Objectives:
· Explain the motivators for implementing interconnected services
· Explain the purpose and demonstrate their ability to successfully configure and monitor
interconnected services using service connectors as well as validate its administrative
and operational status
· Explain the purpose and demonstrate their ability to successfully configure and monitor
interconnected services using service connection points as well as validate its
administrative and operational status
· Explain the operation and demonstrate their ability to successfully configure and
monitor a Routed VPLS and use the appropriate tools to validate its administrative and
operational status.
· Explain the operation and demonstrate their ability to successfully use the RCA Audit
function to validate the administrative and operational status of the interconnected
services.
· Explain the purpose and demonstrate their ability to successfully configure and validate
QoS policies in an SR OS based network and use the appropriate tools to validate its
administrative and operational status
Course Outline:
Section 1
· Composite services - Overview
Section 2
· Understanding RCA (Root Cause Analysis) Audit
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
330
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER – PACKET) REL 17 SERVICE OPERATION AND PROVISIONING –
SERVICE INTERCONNECTION - CONTINUED
Course Number TOS42103 (cont’d)
Description Section 3
· Quality of Service (QoS) – Overview
Lab Exercises:
· SC (Service Connectors) for Composite Services
· SCP (Service Connection Points) for Composite Services
· Routed VPLS
· RCA (Root Cause Analysis) Audit
· QoS (Quality of Service) Policies
Target Audience:
Technical personnel using the NFM-P to monitor and maintain an IP/MPLS service
provider network.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
TOS42101 NFM-P (Network Functions Manager - Packet) Service Operation and
Provisioning – Fundamentals, or equivalent knowledge
Required
Equipment
NFM-P Server
Managed network (8+ nodes)
331
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
WAVELITE PRODUCT OVERVIEW
Course Number OP00702-W-1710
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 1h
Description Overall Description:
This is an Sales Engineer overview of the Wavelite product.
Course Objectives:
The Course will describe the product family suite, i.e Metro 200, Access 200, Metro 20
Metro Amplifier and Metro Mux 16.
The course will describe the hardware of the equipment and its functionalities, the
network configuration, the encryption, the WEBui and NFM-T management and the
commissioning Expert Wavesuite Mobile App.
Course Outline:
• Market opportunities with Wavelite
• WaveLite value proposition
• Product overview
• Metro 200, Metro 20 and Access 200
• Mux16 and Amplifier
• Network configuration
• Layer 1 encryption
• WaveLite manager WEBUI
• Network Service Platform (NSP)
• WaveSuite Commissioning Expert – Mobile App
• WaveLite Orderable items (Hardware, SW & documentation, Pluggables)
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
332
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
WAVELITE FAMILY R1.0 O&M
Course Number OP00509
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 2d
Description Overall Description:
This is an Operation and maintenance course on the Wavelite suite, i.e. Metro 200,
Access 200, Metro 20 Metro Amplifier and Metro Mux 16.
The course will describe the hardware of the equipment and its functionalities.
Local management SW to perform configuration, provisioning, see alarm and
performance monitoring is shown during the training. Explanations and demos are
provided.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
333
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
SALESFORCE NAVIGATION BASICS
Course Number TBU31132W
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
Salesforce navigation basics; includes SF set up, personal information updates, basic SF
terminology, user role and visibility.
Learning Goals & Strategy: Salesforce Navigation Basics (SF101) is an introductory course
on the SF application. At the conclusion of this course, the user will have learned the
basics of navigating SF, terminology associated with SF, and system setup options.
Course Objectives: To understand the basics of setting up SF to prepare for role specific
end user training.
Target Audience:
NAR and EMEA Sales Management
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
334
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
WAVELITE CONFIG TOOL
Course Number OP00733-M-01
Delivery Type Self-Study – 1h
Description Overall Description:
This xls tool is used to configure and create the BoM for the Nokia Wavelite family.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
335
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA VITALQIP ADMINISTRATION
Course Number AP00120-V-0812
Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 3d
Description Overall Description:
This course provides details on the VitalQIP (VQIP) OAM&P tasks.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe overall function and features of VitalQIP
• Describe the VitalQIP components and architecture
• Describe service policies
• Describe IPv4 address management, including for networks, subnets and addresses
• Describe IPv6 address management, including for pools, blocks, subnets, and
addresses
• Practice IPv4 and IPv6 address management
• Describe DNS server operations, including for zones and records
• Describe operations for DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 servers, including for templates,
scopes/ranges and failovers
• Practice DNS, DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 server operations
• Describe DNS Views, DNSSEC, DNS Firewalls (Response Policy Zones [RPZs])
• Describe Global Search
• Describe auditing
• Describe dashboard
• Describe User-Defined Attributes
• Describe CLI Commands
Course Outline:
Topics that will be discussed are:
• Function and features of VitalQIP
• VitalQIP components and architecture
• Service policies
• IPv4 address management, including for networks, subnets and addresses.
• IPv6 address management, including for pools, blocks, subnets, and addresses.
• IPv4 and IPv6 address management
• DNS server operations, including for zones and records
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
336
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA VITALQIP ADMINISTRATION - CONTINUED
Course Number AP00120-V-0812 (cont’d)
Description Course Outline: (cont’d)
Topics that will be discussed are:
• Operations for DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 servers, including for templates, scopes/ranges
and failovers
• DNS, DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 server operations
• DNS Views, DNSSEC, DNS Firewalls (Response Policy Zones [RPZs])
• Auditing
• Dashboard
• User-Defined Attributes
• CLI Commands
Primary Audience
The intended audience for this course is customer and Nokia personnel who are
responsible for operating the VitalQIP (VQIP).
Secondary Audience
Internal Nokia employees aiming to learn the basic operations capabilities of the VQIP.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Knowledge of DNS and DHCP functionality is highly recommended.
Required
Equipment
None
C
337
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
SALESFORCE NAVIGATION BASICS
Course Number TBU31132W
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
Salesforce navigation basics; includes SF set up, personal information updates, basic SF
terminology, user role and visibility.
Learning Goals & Strategy: Salesforce Navigation Basics (SF101) is an introductory course
on the SF application. At the conclusion of this course, the user will have learned the
basics of navigating SF, terminology associated with SF, and system setup options.
Course Objectives: To understand the basics of setting up SF to prepare for role specific
end user training.
Target Audience:
NAR and EMEA Sales Management
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
338
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NPM VITALSUITE – VITAL REALTIME OPERATION
Course Number OS88282-W-1710
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 1h
Description Overall Description:
This course provides details on the VitalRealTime function of the Vital Suite product.
Course Objectives:
This course is conceptual with optional demonstrations available from the materials.
These materials will result in users being able to:
• Explain the role VitalRealTime performs in the VitalSuite product
• Describe the various types of thresholds that can be applied using VitalRealTime and
lists the various types of alarms that are triggered when thresholds are exceeded.
• Access the Topology maps
• Demonstrate how to use VitalRealTime to do drill-down details network conditions in
their network
Course Outline:
• Performance Monitoring Challenges
• NPM VitalRealTime Introduction
• VitalRealTime Threshold Features
• VitalRealTime Key Features
• Summary of Benefits
Target Audience:
Personnel who operate the VitalSuite and use the VitalRealTime function
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
339
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NPM VITALSUITE – ADVANCED REPORTING TOOLKIT (ART) OPERATIONS
Course Number OS88283-W-1710
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 1h
Description Overall Description:
This course provides details on the VitalArt function of the Vital Suite product.
Course Objectives:
This course is conceptual with optional demonstrations available from the materials.
These materials will result in users being able to:
• Explain the role VitalArt performs in the VitalSuite product
• Describe how to create, execute and view reports created using VitalArt
• Show how to schedule a report
Course Outline:
• VitalART Introduction
• VitalART Report Creation
• VitalART Report Execution
Target Audience:
Personnel who operate the VitalSuite and use the VitalArt function
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
340
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
VITALSUITE – VITALNET OPERATION
Course Number OS88281-W-1710
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 1h
Description Overall Description:
This course provides details on the VitalNet function of the Vital Suite product.
Course Objectives:
This course is conceptual with optional demonstrations available from the materials.
These materials will result in users being able to:
• Explain the role VitalNet performs in the VitalSuite product
• Understand the VitalNet domains can be used to create smaller views for better
network management.
• Demonstrate how to view and use Topology Maps
• Create a Personal GUI page – Dashboards
• Execute searches on their system
Course Outline:
• Performance Monitoring Challenges
• NPM VitalSuite Net Introduction
• NPM VitalSuite Net Key Features
• NPM VitalSuite Net GUI
Target Audience:
Personnel who operate the VitalSuite and use the VitalNet function
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
341
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI CONFIGURATION
Course Number RN00133-W
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 30min
Description Overall Description:
This course describes how create a Bill of Materials using the Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi
Ordering Guidelines.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Configure a Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi offer using the Partner Configuration Guidelines
• Price the product part of a Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi offer using the Partner price catalog
• Price the maintenance part of a Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi offer using the CARES services
calculator
• Create a Bill of materials with the correct sale item codes and prices
• Locate the latest versions of the required reference documents
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
342
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
REDEFINING PRIVATE OPTICAL NETWORKS
Course Number OP00526-W-1709
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 1h
Description Overall Description:
A self-study training on Private Optical Network.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• describe the needs in the optical market segments
• describe the needs in the optical market segments
• describe the Nokia solution for Private Optical Network
• describe the Wavelite features and applications
Target Audience:
Sales and PreSales Private optical Network
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Good knowledge on WDM and optical technology
Required
Equipment
None
343
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKING WITH NUAGE NETWORKS VSP
Course Number ER00696-K-1801
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 3h30
Description This self-paced e-learning course is intended for those interested in learning about the
Nuage Networks Virtualized Services Platform (VSP). The course offers presentations and
product demonstrations that provide an introduction to Nuage Networks VSP for both
the datacenter and SD-WAN.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
344
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED CLOUD SERVICES (VCS) FUNDAMENTALS
Course Number TTP36005
Delivery Type Virtual Instructor-Led Training – 5d
Description The course begins with an explanation of the traditional data center network
architecture, its limitations, and the drivers and evolution of network virtualization. The
Nuage Networks software and hardware-based products and SDN solutions are covered
in detail. Emphasis is placed on common SDN use cases and implementation of common
SDN services/applications on the Nuage Networks Virtualized Services Platform. Cloud
orchestration and integration of cloud management systems are also introduced.
Students will conduct practical hands-on lab exercises throughout the course to ensure
implementation-level knowledge of Nuage Networks products and SDN service solutions.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks or equivalent knowledge in IP protocols and
networking.
Required
Equipment
None
345
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED SERVICES PLATFORM (VSP) - ADVANCED NETWORKING
Course Number TTP36008
Delivery Type Virtual Instructor-Led Training – 4d
Description The Nuage Networks Virtualized Services Platform (VSP) - Advanced Networking course is
designed for network professionals who need a deep understanding of the network
protocols and technologies used by the Nuage Networks Virtualized Services Platform
(VSP). The course provides a detailed investigation of the operation of the VSP including
VXLAN and BGP EVPN routes as well as integration with MPLS/IP VPNs.
Audience:
SRC Certification Program
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
346
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED CLOUD SERVICES (VCS) FUNDAMENTALS
Course Number TTP36009
Delivery Type Virtual Instructor-Led Training – 4d
Description The Alcatel-Lucent Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS) Fundamentals
course is designed for service providers, web-scale operators, and enterprises needing to
understand the technology, techniques, and best practices for implementing a software
defined networking (SDN) solution using the Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services
(VNS). The course provides detailed coverage of the VNS components and practical
exercises implementing cloud-based WAN services using VNS.
Audience:
SRC Certification Program
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
347
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED SERVICES PLATFORM (VCP) SOFTWARE INSTALLATION
Course Number TTP36006
Delivery Type Virtual Instructor-Led Training – 4d
Description The Nuage Networks Virtualized Services Platform (VSP) Software Installation course is
designed individuals who need to understand the requirements for, and to perform the
software installation of the Nuage Networks Virtualized Services Platform (VSP). The
course provides practical experience verifying and configuring the hardware and software
environment as well as troubleshooting common installation problems.
Audience:
SRC Certification Program
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
348
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED CLOUD SERVICES (VCS) OPERATIONS
Course Number TTP36007
Delivery Type Virtual Instructor-Led Training – 3d
Description The Nuage Networks Virtualized Services Platform (VSP) Operations course is designed for
network operators who are responsible for datacenter operations, including the Nuage
Networks Virtualized Services Platform (VSP) and Virtualized Services Assurance Platform
(VSAP). The course provides hands-on operations experience with the VSP including
troubleshooting and log file management as well as m aintenance and operations using
VSAP.
Audience:
SRC Certification Program
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
349
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED NETWORK SERVICES (VNS) - ADVANCED TOPICS
Course Number TTP36010
Delivery Type Virtual Instructor-Led Training – 3d
Description This course is designed for service providers, web-scale operators and enterprises that
need to understand the technology, techniques, and best practices for implementing an
SDN solution using Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS). The course
provides detailed explanations and practical exercises for advanced VNS features.
Audience:
SRC Certification Program
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
350
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NSP (NETWORK SERVICES PLATFORM) RELEASE 17.3 OVERVIEW
Course Number TOS00059W
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 1h
Description Overall Description:
The NSP (Network Services Platform) R17.3 Overview course provides students with general
information on the NSP system. The course describes how the NSP addresses the industry
challenges associated with the delivery of on-demand network services. In particular, the concepts
of service automation and network automation are discussed within the context of the NSP. The
course includes details on the NSP architecture and the associated product components, mapping
previous IP and Optical network management functionality to the new product design. Finally, the
course explains the key tenants associated with the NSP user interface design.
Course Objectives:
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
- Identify the challenges associated with Cloud-era service provisioning
- Explain how the NSP implements service automation and network optimization in the delivery of
on-demand network services
- Describe the NSP basic architecture and associated components
- Explain the role of the Carrier SDN component in the NSP system
- Explain the roles of the IP and Optical management components in the NSP system
- Identify how the NSP implements automated assurance and analytics functions in the service
delivery process
- Describe how the modular structure of the NSP protects existing NSM investments
- Identify the role of the NSP in the broader Nokia solution for SDN management
- Explain the design cornerstones associated with the NSP user interfaces
Course Outline:
Section 1 Introduction
Section 2 Challenges for Cloud-era Service Provisioning
Section 3 The NSP Difference
Section 4 Basic Architecture
Section 5 Carrier SDN
Section 6 IP & Optical Management
Section 7 Assurance & Analytics
Section 8 Leveraging Existing Networks
Section 9 Brader Solutions for SDN Management
Section 10 Evolving the User Interface
Target Audience:
This course is targeted to those personnel who use the NSP NMS (Network Management System)
to perform their daily responsibilities; including: Operations Center personnel; Network Engineers;
etc.
351
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
VitalSuite – VitalAPPS Operation (18.7)
Course Number OS88284-W-1807
Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 1h
Description This course is designed for participants who wish to learn about the VitalAPPS components of
VitalSuite.
Content includes:
• VitalAPPS - key components
• VitalAgent types – Desktop, Automom, Mid-Tier
• VitalAnalysis – key functions
• VitalHelp – application fault management
• Web applications monitoring (WAM)
• Demonstrations of key OAM functions including:
• Overview of the Clients Page
• Overview of the End-to-End Page
• Overview of the Server Heat Chart Page
By the end of this course, participants should be able to:
• Describe the role of VitalAPPS in the VitalSuite product
• Describe the VitalAgent types
• Explain the VitalAnalysis key functions
• Describe the VitalHelp application fault management
• Describe what is Web Application Monitoring
352
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
VitalSuite – Operations, Administration and Mainteneance (18.7)
Course Number OS88285-W-1807
Delivery Type Web Based Training – 1h 15min
Description This course is designed for participants who wish to learn about the Operations, Administration and Maintenance functions of VitalSuite.
Content includes:
• VitalSuite installation on Linux server • VitalSuite licensing
• VitalSuite domains • Key performance indicators (KPIs)
• Device and resource discovery • Account administration.
• Demonstrations of key OAM functions including: o Creating a new domain o Creating a new KPI o Creating new user accounts o Creating a new user interface profile
o Installing the VitalNet Software o Scheduling a discovery
By the end of this course, participants should be able to:
• Describe the steps to install VitalSuite on a Linux server
• Describe the licensing process • Describe the role of domains
• Explain how to create and modify Key Performance Indicators • Explain the discovery of devices and resources
• Describe some activities of account administration
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
353
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
1830 PSS (Photonic Service Switch) Introduction
Course Number OP00638-K-0000
Delivery Type Web Based Training – 2h
Description Overall Description
This course provides an introduction to 1830 PSS, key features, architecture and hardware.
Objectives
By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe the 1830 PSS product family
• Explain the 1830 PSS network topology applications
Course Contents
• Introduction
• 1830 PSS Shelf family
• Network application
• 1830 PSS System architecture
• Management
• Control Plane
• Summary
Audience:
Sales people, network planners, engineers and others who need an overview about the
1830 PSS and its network applications.
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Expected Knowledge:
• General knowledge of digital telecommunications and SONET/SDH standards
• General knowledge of OTH/DWDM standards
General knowledge of Ethernet over SONET/SDH standards
Required
Equipment
None
354
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NFM -T R.18 Managed plane Network construction with 1830 PSS operations
Course Number OP00090-V-18
Delivery Type Virtual Instructor Led – 14h
Description Overall description:
This course shows how to represent a network at managed plane level including both WDM
and OCS 1830 PSS equipment type in the NMF-T system.
In this course, we will learn how to take a NE under NFM-T supervision, how to create maps
and network topology.
The OP00090_K curriculum will provide extra materials and videos reproducing the main
procedures described in this course
Course objectives: Upon completion of this course you will learn how to:
Use the NMF-T Graphical interface
Create NE and supervise 1830 PSS WDM and OCS equipment
Construct a network representing the physical one
Content:
Course Introduction
NMF-T graphical interface
NE creation and supervision
Map creation
Network construction
Appendix: commissioning and power balancing
Audience:
People in charge of constructing a network made of 1830 PSS WDM and OCS NEs using
NFM-T SW
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Participants must have already attended an Operation & Maintenance course on 1830
PSS WDM and 1830 PSS OCS from local management.
Required
Equipment
Server platform
A server with NFM-T R. 18 platform installed.
355
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NFM-T R.18 Provisioning and Network maintenance -managed plane
Course Number OP00092-V-18
Delivery Type Virtual Instructor Led – 14h
Description Overall description
This course shows how to provision and maintain a network made of both WDM and OCS
1830 PSS equipment at managed plane level.
Course objectives:
• perform service provisioning
• perform NE and Network maintenance
Content
• service provisioning: path and trail management; wave length tracker; cross
connections; E2E switched photonic provisioning; services protection and
regeneration.
• Maintenance: alarms, performance monitoring; loopbacks
• Appendices: NE MIB backup- restore; NE sw download; security
• The curriculum OP00092-K will contail videos on the main procedures and exercises
described in the course
Audience
People in charge of remote management of a network made of 1830 PSS WDM and OCS
NEs using NFM-T SW
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Participants must have already attended an Operation & Maintenance course on 1830 PSS
WDM and 1830 PSS OCS from local management and the course NFM -T R.18 Managed
plane Network construction.
Required
Equipment
A server with NFM-T R.18 platform installed.
356
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
7250 IXR Product Overview
Course Number ER00327W-1700
Delivery Type WBT – 3o min
Description Overall Description:
This course provides an overview of the entire 7250 SROS family of routers and describes
its typical applications, including system dimensions, capacity, scaling numbers and port
density.
Course Objectives:
• Describe Nokia IP Anyhaul solution for the 5G era
• Describe the role of 7250 IXR-R6 in the network
• List the components and functionalities of 7250 IXR-R6
• Describe the features of 7250 IXR-R6
Course Contents:
1. 7250 IXR Product Overview R15.0
Audience:
This course is intended for anyone who needs a basic understanding of the Nokia 7250
product family.
Audience:
SRC Certification Program
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
Expected Foundation Knowledge:
1. A basic understanding of telecom concepts is sufficient.
2. Technical english.
Required
Equipment
None
357
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
Microwave Portfolio Overview - GPP
Course Number TOP00010W
Delivery Type Web Based Training – 1h
Description Brief Description:
This 1 hour course is designed is to provide the Value proposition of the Nokia Wavence Microwave product portfolio.
Course Contents:
• Provide the business proposition (why the partner would want to invest their time selling this product)
• Describe the Products and how it will work to solve their customers' problems; Show how it fits into the customer’s network at a high level
• Provide competitive advantages with specifics on why it is superior to what is on the market currently without mentioning competitor names
• Provide market potential such as size of market, how it solves a need for our current customers, etc.
• Reference awards, Nokia R&D, etc. that sets us apart competitively
• Provide examples with published case studies
Target Group:
Microwave Sales and Sales Engineer Specialists, part of the options for Marketing Manager and Partner Relationship Manager
Prerequisites
N/A
Learning Objectives
Upon completion of this course you will learn how to:
Describe the Nokia Wavence Microwave Product portfolio and highlight the leading edge features
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
None
Required
Equipment
None
358
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NSP NFM-P (Network Functions Manager- Packet) Rel 17 Fundamentals
Course Number TOS00060WK
Delivery Type Web Based Training – 5h 49 min
Description Overall Description This is a Web-based learning course designed to provide technical personnel and network operators with foundations for using the NFM-P to: perform a variety of tasks, including: network equipment discovery and management; monitoring and supervision; identify alarms declared against equipment and services; obtain details about alarm management and filtering; and, alarm types, severity, status and correlation.
NOTE: This course is relevant for all NFM-P Releases as of Rel. 17.3
Overall Objectives By the end of the course, participants will be able to: • List the NFM-P functions and main features • Identify the components of the 5620 SAM management system and elements of the GUI • Describe the GUI workspace customization capabilities and identify the workspace elements that can be customized • Use the Navigation Tree views to perform equipment management operations • Discover network element (NE) devices to create the managed domain
• Use the Topology Maps to manage the network and display the status of network devices and services • Generate file inventory lists for a managed device or for the entire network • Use the GUI Alarm Management features raised against equipment and services, including alarm types, severity, status and correlation details • Use the dynamic alarm list to filter and search for alarms, display correlated alarms, view alarm history and open alarm information details • Identify the NFM-P statistics collection capabilities • Use the NFM-P to collect, display and save to a file performance statistics in tabular or graphical forms for selected objects
Content :
• Section 1: Introduction
• Section 2: Creating the Managed Network • Section 3: Network Topology Management
• Section 4: Alarms • Section 5: Node Configuration Management
• Section 6: Statistics Overview
Target Audience:
This training is intended for those Personnel who use the NFM-P GUI to perform their maintenance responsibilities, including: NOC; network and service implementation engineers; etc...
Expected Knowledge: Introduction to NSP (Network Services Platform) Rel 17 | TOS00059W, or equivalent knowledge
359
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
Wavence 18A Functional and HW description
Course Number RN00571
Delivery Type Virtual Instructor Led Training – 1 day
Description Overall Description In this training, a description of the hardware architecture and main features of the Wavence is provided. Course objectives By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe the functionality of the Wavence
• Describe the functionality of the MSS – Microwave Service Switch shelves and equipped cards
• Describe the functionality of the UBT-S, UBT-T and UBT-m radios
Course content
• Wavence Functional description
• Wavence Hardware description
Audience: Sales, pre-sales, Designers and O&M technicians Expected Knowledge: General knowledge on digital radio systems and on PDH-SDH-ETHERNET technologies.
360
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
Wavence 18A Common Functionalities O&M
Course Number RN00572
Delivery Type Virtual Instructor Led Training – 1 day
Description Course Description:
This 1 day course is designed for technicians and engineers in charge of using a Wavence equipment in split mount or full outdoor architecture.
This course shows how to configure and maintain the common functionalities of the following Wavence common parts:
•MSS (Multi Service Switch) equipped with CorEvo, EASv2, EAC
•Power Injectors
•UBT-S, UBT-T and UBT-m Transceivers
The equipment is managed via the Web CT user interface.
The Web CT is used to configure the Wavence, perform system maintenance, performance monitoring, and troubleshooting
The course combines both lecture and labs, with time for hands-on experience.
This course can be used both in ANSI and ETSI markets.
Course Objectives By the end of this course, the participant will be able to:
• Use the WebCT for local configuration
• Perform system maintenance
• Perform troubleshooting starting from alarm indications
Course content
Configuration and Maintenance (Troubleshooting, Alarm management, Unit replacement, Performance monitoring)
Intendent Audience: O&M technicians
Expected Knowledge:
General knowledge about Telecommunication Networks and Telecommunication Management Networks
Good knowledge about the digital transmissions.
Good experience in microwave links operation and maintenance
Have attended the course "Wavence 18A Functional and HW description | RN00571-V-18A" or equivalent on line
Equipment:
361
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
Wavence 18A Ethernet traffic O&M
Course Number RN00014
Delivery Type Virtual Instructor Led Training – 2 Day
Description Description:
This 2 days course is designed for technicians and engineers in charge of using the Wavence equipment
The scope of the course is to describe the Wavence Ethernet traffic provisioning and maintenance
The equipment is managed via the Web CT user interface.
The course combines both lecture and labs, with time for hands-on experience.
This course can be used both in ANSI and ETSI markets.
Course Objectives: By the end of this course, the participant will be able to:
• Provision Ethernet user ports
• configure QoS and VLAN functions
• work with Ethernet-related alarms.
Intendent Audience: O&M technicians
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
General knowledge about Telecommunication Networks. Working knowledge or digital transmission and Ethernet, networks. Experience in microwave links operation and maintenance
Required
Equipment
A Wavence radio dummy link is needed; architecture (UBT based, MPT based, Full indoor) depending on the requested customer configuration.
362
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
Wavence 18A Ethernet Ring Protection O&M
Course Number RN00015
Delivery Type Virtual Instructor Led Training – 1 Day
Description Course Description:
In this 1 day course the functional description and functionality of the Wavence Ethernet Ring Protection feature is described .
The scope of the course is to describe the Ethernet ring protection configuration and maintenance.
The equipment is managed via the Web CT user interface.
The course combines both lecture and labs, with time for hands-on experience.
This course can be used both in ANSI and ETSI markets.
Course Objectives By the end of this course, the participant will be able to:
• Describe the basic concepts of Ethernet rings
• Use the Craft Terminal for Ethernet ring configuration
Intendent Audience: O&M technicians
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
General knowledge about Telecommunication Networks. Working knowledge or digital transmission and Ethernet, networks. Experience in microwave links operation and maintenance
Required
Equipment
A Wavence radio dummy link is needed; architecture (UBT based, MPT based, Full indoor) depending on the requested customer configuration.
363
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
Wavence 18A PDH-SDH-Sonet traffic O&M
Course Number RN00016
Delivery Type Virtual Instructor Led Training – 1 Day
Description Course Description:
The scope of this 1 day course is to describe the Wavence PDH/SHD/Sonet traffic provisioning and maintenance
The equipment is managed via the Web CT user interface.
The course combines both lecture and labs, with time for hands-on experience.
This course can be used both in ANSI and ETSI markets.
Course Objectives: By the end of this course, the participant will be able to:
• Enable PDH and/or SDH cards
• Configure protection
• Provision PDH and/or SDH cards
• Configure cross connects
• Generate PDH traffic performance monitoring information
• Perform PDH internal line and external link Loopbacks
Intendent Audience: Personnel who support PDH and/or SDH traffic on the Wavence in ANSI or ETSI markets.
364
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
9500 MPR R.8.0 Global Market Ethernet traffic
Course Number TWT42037
Delivery Type Virtual Instructor Led Training – 2 Day
Description Overall description This is a 9500 MPR O&M course that is focused on Ethernet traffic into and out of the 9500 MPR using the NETO CT. Objectives By the end of the course the students will be able to:
• Provision Ethernet user ports
• configure QoS and VLAN functions
• generate Ethernet PM statistics
• work with Ethernet-related alarms.
Course content
• Ethernet traffic configuration
• Ethernet traffic management
Audience: O&M technicians
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
General knowledge about Telecommunication Networks. Working knowldege or digital transmission and Ethernet, networks. Experience in microwave links operation and maintenance. PC and Windows literate.
Required
Equipment
Traditional classroom setup, overhead projector with screen, whiteboard with markers, and login means to a working MPR 9500 R8.0 system (either ANSI or ETSI).
365
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
Microwave Basics
Course Number TOP00009W
Delivery Type WBT – 1 h 45 min
Description Overall Description:
This course will cover the basics of microwave technology as well as understanding microwave propagation and the outline some of the conditions that affect microwave propagation. Course Objectives: To learn about Microwave Transmission To understand Microwave Propagation To understand the conditions that affect Microwave Propagation How path design considerations can affect those propagation
366
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
Wavence 18A Functional and HW description
Course Number RN00571-K-18A
Delivery Type WBT– 2h
Description Overall Description : In this training, a description of the hardware architecture and main features of the Wavence is provided. Course objectives : By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe the functionality of the Wavence 18
• Describe the functionality of the MSS – Microwave Service Switch shelves and equipped cards
• Describe the functionality of the UBT-S, UBT-T and UBT-m radios
• Describe the new features introduced by Wavence 18A
Course content :
• Wavence Functional description
• Wavence Hardware description
• Wavence 18A: What is new?
• Mixed MSS with MPT/UBT
• Migration from MPT to UBT (antenna reuse)
• UBT-S with XPIC
• OMT for UBT-S
• 1+1 HSB (Hardware protection)
• UBT Stand-Alone
• Carrier Aggregation
• Dual-band antennas
• New UBT-MSS compatibility matrix
• PDH/SDH traffic with UBT
• Ethernet Ring with UBT (only on CorEvo and EASv2)
• BNM with UBT with EAS v2 only
Audience: Sales, pre-sales, Designers and O&M technicians
367
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
Foundation
Knowledge /
Prerequisites
General knowledge on digital radio systems and on PDH-SDH-ETHERNET technologies.
Required
Equipment
The course can be provided in v-ILT format.
In case of classroom delivery a projector and a whiteboard are needed
368
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
Electrostatic Discharge and Calibration Certification (ESD)
Course Number LMQ114W
Delivery Type WBT– 30min
Description NOTE: To be ESD Certified via the Labman tool, you must also be enrolled to the Labman Certification as well as completing this course!!
Web-based initial certification and re-certification for basic user ESD and Test Calibration. This course is for anyone who might deal with ESD, including Nokia clients and contractors. It is required for employees:
• who have contact with ESD sensitive components and assemblies
• whose work takes them into ESD areas
This course is available to contractors, but is is only required of contractors if they do not have their own equivalent ESD training.
Consult your applicable ESD & Calibration procedures to determine the refresher period required by your organization.
Learning Objectives
• To train employees on topics relating to Electrostatic Discharge and fulfill TL9000 requirements.
• The training provides the fundamentals on how to protect components and products susceptible to ESD damage.
Languages
This online course is narrated in English. PDF supplimentary materials are available in: French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Spanish, Finnish, and Chinese
Skill Level
Introductory
369
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
Inspect-Clean-Inspect-Connect (ICIC) Process (Video)|
Course Number OAP00050W
Delivery Type WBT– 1omin
Description Overall Description This short video provides an overview of the Inspect-Clean-Inspect-Connect (ICIC). This process uses a video microscope and testing software which allows a technician to make a visual verification and a physical test to ensure fiber connections are clean and free from defects. Objectives By the end of the course, participants will be able to understand importance of fiber cleaning in optics networks Course Content Explanation of ICIC process Explanation of Cleaning Equipment and Cleaning Software Reference to further ICIC documentation Certification Requirements None
370
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
WDM Technology| TOP18075W
Course Number TOP18075W
Delivery Type WBT– 3h
Description Course Objectives By the end of the course, participants will be able to:
• Describe the main transmission concepts and the related devices involved in an optical link
• Describe the main impairments occurring within an optical fiber
• Quote the related solutions used to compensate these impairments
• Explain the reasons for deploying a WDM network
• Describe the basic WDM technology and the operational concepts
• Describe the functions of the major components used in WDM
• Quote the main monitoring parameters related to the transmission quality
• Explain the propagation penalties due to the wavelength multiplexing
• Describe the possible ways to improve the signal transmission
• Describe a WDM terrestrial network in terms of topology, protection and supervision
• List the 5 laser classes according to their risks
• Describe the optical safety guidelines
Course Contents
1. Optical transmission basics
2. Optical transmission impairments
3. WDM transmission basics
4. WDM transmission characteristics
5. WDM network architecture
6. 40F & 100G WDM transmission
7. Optical safety
Audience: This training is intended for Pres-sales and Post-sales.
371
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
WDM Technology Self-Check
Course Number TOP18075W
Delivery Type WBT– 3omin
Description TOP18075W_Self-Check
372
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
Global Partner Program - How to Get Certified
Course Number GPP90005M
Delivery Type Reading(PDF) – 5min
Description This job aid will show a Nokia Global Partner the steps required to become certified in one of the Nokia Global Partner Program job certifications.
373
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
WaveLite R1.0.x Delta Training
Course Number OP00549-V-10
Delivery Type Virtual Instructor Led Training – 3 days
Description Overall Description:
This training explains the new HW and SW features for the WaveLite Products in R1.0.x
Objectives:
Learn about the new HW and SW features in WaveLite Products in R1.0.x
Course Content:
Wavelite Metro 200
Wavelite Access 200
Wavelite Metro 20
Wavelite MUX16
Wavelite Amplifier
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION AND COURSE OBJECTIVES
CHAPTER 2: SAFETY
CHAPTER 3: INTRODUCTION TO THE WAVELITE
CHAPTER 4: PHYSICAL MOUNTING
CHAPTER 5: BASIC COMMISIONING :
IP & General Settings, Network Mode, Chassis configuration & Topology , SW Installation, Backup
CHAPTER 6.1: WAVELITE METRO 200, CONFIGURATION by WEB Application
System mode, Uplink, services ports
CHAPTER 6.2: WAVELITE METRO 20, CONFIGURATION by WEB Application
System mode, Uplink, services ports
CHAPTER 6.3: WAVELITE MUX16, CONFIGURATION by WEB Application
System, EDFA mode, Optical Line Protection
CHAPTER 7: ONLINE ASSESSMENT and PRACTICAL TESTS
374
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
375
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
Global Partner Program - How to Get Certified
Course Number GPP90005M
Delivery Type Reading(PDF) – 5min
Description This job aid will show a Nokia Global Partner the steps required to become certified in one of the Nokia Global Partner Program job certifications.
376
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
377
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
Network Solution for Legacy SCADA Migration to IP/MPLS | TBU00168D_V1.0
Course Number TBU00168D_V1.0
Delivery Type WBT – 30min
Description Network Solution for Legacy SCADA Migration to IP/MPLS.
378
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
NFM -T R.17.9 for Wavelite management
Course Number OP00700
Delivery Type ILT – 1d
Description Overall description
This course shows how to manage at element level the WaveLite equipment using the NFM-T
management system.
In this course, we will learn how to take a NE under NFM-T supervision, how to create map, how to
use the Alarm surveillance and Performance monitoring tools.
Course objectives:
Upon completion of this course you will learn how to:
--use the NMF-T Graphical interface
--create and supervise Wavelite equipment
-- create map
--manage Alarms and Performance monitoring.
Content
--Course Introduction
--NMF-T graphical interface
-- NE creation and supervision
--Map creation
--Alarms management
-- Performance Monitoring
--Administration for users
Audience
People in charge of managing Wavelite equipment using the NFM-T system.
Expected Knowledge
Participants must have already attended an Operation & Maintenance course on the WaveLite
equipment.
Equipment:
At least 2 WaveLite type equipment connected.
379
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
Wavelite Product Overview
Course Number OP00702-W-1710
Delivery Type WBT– 1d
Description Overall description
This is an Sales Engineer overview of the Wavelite product.
Course Objectives
The Course will describe the product family suite, i.e Metro 200 , Access 200, Metro 20 Metro
Amplifier and Metro Mux 16.
The course will describe the hardware of the equipment and its functionalities, the network
configuration, the encryption, the WEBui and NFM-T management and the commissioning Expert
Wavesuite Mobile App
Course Outline
· Market opportunities with Wavelite
· WaveLite value proposition
· Product overview
· Metro 200, Metro 20 and Access 200
· Mux16 and Amplifier
· Network configuration
· Layer 1 encryption
· WaveLite manager WEBUI
· Network Service Platform (NSP)
· WaveSuite Commissioning Expert – Mobile App
· WaveLite Orderable items (Hardware, SW & documentation, Pluggables)
380
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
COURSE DETAILS
WaveLite Metro 200 R1.x Installation & Commissioning
Course Number OP00010-V-10
Delivery Type Virtual Instructor Led Training – 2d
Description Overall description:
This course introduces the full WaveLite product family (Metro 200, Access 200, Metro 20, Mux 16,
Amplifier), but the focus will be towards the WaveLite Metro 200. Some use cases for this product will
be introduced. All R1.0.0, R1.0.2, and R1.0.3 features will be covered as well which include the
supported configurations and port specifications. The installation, commissioning, database backups,
and software upgrades will also be discussed.
Objectives:
In depth understanding of the product and its new hardware and software features;
The student will be able to install and commission the WaveLite Metro 200;
The student will be able to configure the WaveLite Metro 200 via its GUI and use it in different
configurations;
The student will be able to monitor the services (e.g. Fault Management).
Course Content:
The following topics are discussed:
1) Safety: Electrical Safety Precautions, Fibre Cleaning;
2) Product Documentation: NokiaEDU, CDOC (employee), OLCS (customer);
3) Product Overview (Faceplate, Feature Highlights, Use Cases, Management Ports, Port
Configurations);
4) R1.0.0, R1.0.2, and R1.0.3 Software Features;
5) Hardware Installation, Cabling, Commissioning (DCN);
6) Software Upgrade;
7) Database Backup;
8) Security (Encryption);
9) Alarms.
381
| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog
About NokiaEDU Learning services for a competitive advantage NokiaEDU is the company’s premiere organization for continuous learning and
professional development, presenting worldclass learning opportunities in the
areas of products, technology and management.
Learning Delivery
NokiaEDU utilizes a blended learning strategy that combines the convenience
of technologyenabled learning with the practical, handson experience of
classroombased training.
• Instructor-Led Training (ILT) – provided at NokiaEDU Training Centers or
customer locations, typically offering handson lab exercises emulating a
reallife environment.
• Distance Learning/Virtual (VILT) allowing instructor facilitation over the
Web for better timemanagement while reducing travelrelated costs of
training.
• Web-Based Training (WBT) - anywhere, anytime instruction delivered over
the Internet. There are two primary models of Webbased instruction:
synchronous (instructorfacilitated) and asynchronous (selfdirected, self
paced).
Questions? Call our Global Contact Center
The Global Contact Center is available to assist you with your learning requests.
• Available 24/7 by phone or email, your request will be processed and an answer delivered promptly.
• Connects you with the right NokiaEDU experts and the latest resources for consultancy and courseware.
• Equips you with the best tools and resources to better sell and support Nokia products.
Regional Contact Numbers
Region Contact
Americas +1 888 582 3688
+1 630 224 2485
EMEA +33 2 9604 8888 (France)
+40 256 34 3732 (Romania)
APAC (nonChina) +61 2 8306 6661
Email gcc.nokiaedu@n okia.co m
The Nokia name and identifier are trademarks of Nokia. The information presented is subject
to change without notice. Nokia assumes no responsibility for inaccuracies contained herein.
© 2018 Nokia. All rights reserved.
NokiaEDU 06/2018ertification